Touchstone 2 teacher's

1. Ar

MICHAEL MCCARTHY
JEANNE MCCARTEN
HELEN SANDIFORD

Nor

WITH

SUE ALDCORN
JANET K BATTISTE
ANDREW GITZY
ELIZA JENSEN

J TAY LESLEY

oo

2. {Ging Now Yok, Melbourne, Medi, Cpe Town, Spor, Sho Ps, Dt, Dab, Tokyo

Camteige Unnersiy res
Saeco he Amro Now York, NY 100132873, USA

tocante
Ina hs le ur contr cr 9750521656099

© Cambridge Use Pee 2106

Tis pla cp Sabet ant exception
a De proviso fen cli crane armen,
o recodo of y ps ey tk lace wi

‘Seinen pei Cambridge Ue Pr,

st publ ons
‘ping 300

Primed in eg Kong, Chin, Golden Cup Ping Copy Laca
A o ant ori pubis aaa Br bras

Is YILOS21466- ak consicin of se’ book and se ty sl CDIED-ROM (Vido:
Bam 976.0 2-054 pk min of tae Rok Road lso o CDCD ROM Cini, a)
Ds 976.0 21.0136. pack coring sue ok A a slay eo CDICD-ROM (Windows™

Is 9760214015. pack constr feet Bok B and sl td) mio C-CD-ROM (Windows®. Mac)
AN 9780 $21 GEA: via

tom 976021401375 Ok À

tn 97052-40132 wet

{Ss 978.052.603 cher lie

‘Siw VDS CDs toa)

Cone es Pres has o pony fo
die pri ours of ts free

{Sid party I eb aks erode nth pine
‘Ser ot gauss th ay Gor ac
‘estes a wl ei, eure Sop

‘Ar rte book desig, pw roach, nd oa vice: Adena ne, NYC
‘And rod: Pull Howse, NY

2600000000060000000000000000000000000000000

3. 6666

>

>

>

508

5000

>

Introduction
Introduction w
Course components,

Structure ofthe units in the Students Book
eatres ofthe units in the Student's Book:
Corpus frequency: The top 500 spoken words
‘Authors acknowledgments
‘Scope and sequence

Students Rook useful language

Ideas for handling pair work and group work

Teaching notes
Unt Making friends
nt? Interests
st? Healt

‘Touchstone checkpoint Units 1-3
nts Celebrations
ints Growing up
nts Around town

“Touchstone checkpoint Units 4-6
Wot? Going away
iste Ahome
nt Things happen

“Touchstone checkpoint Units 7-9
Uni 19 Communication
Wut 11 Appearances
nt 2 Looking ahead

‘Touchstone checkpoint Units 10-12

Selt-study listening
Homework ideas.

Language summaries.
Testing program

Contents
Written quizzes

Written quizzes audio scripts,
Written quizzes answer key
Written tests

Written tests audio scripts
Weiten est answer key
Oral quizzes

Oral quizzes sample answers
Oral tests

Oral tests sample answers
Score record sheet

Students Book audio scripts
Workbook answer key

4. Touchstone san innovative new series for adult and young adult learners of English. Isa o
*corpus-informed” course, drawing on extensive research into the corpus of North American.

I in the Cambridge International Corpus Large database of everyday conversations
and texts that show how people actualy use English.
Corpus research ensures tha learners using Touchstone will encounter the most useful and
‘widely used words, phrases, and grammar in everyday situations. The research also makes
possible the introduction of the important syllabus are of "conversat
Strategies” - hove to start and end conversations, how to show interest, a
‘questions that are not too direct. The result isa groundbreaking course of
skills development that helps learners communicate naturally and effectively, even a the
very beginning levels,
Easy and enjoyable o teach, Touchstone is full of new and exciting ideas, offering afresh
approach tothe teaching and learning of English. Here are some answers tothe questions
that people have asked us about the Touchstone series. o

Touchstone is a corpus-informed course. What is a corpus exactly?
À corpus database of spoken or written English The words in corpus can be 9
collected from a variety of sources. Er example words In a written corpus may come
from newspapers magazines, books, or th Internet, whlle word na spoken corpus may
come from everyday conversatins.Touchsone was writen withthe help ofthe corpus of
North American English in the Cambridge International Corpus (Corpus) a database that
«arre holds mare than 700 millon words.

What kinds of information can you learn from a corpus? =

computer software to analyze a corpus, we can find out the most commonly used
words and expressions. The use of corpus I a major innovation that makes it
possible to develop an exciting new approach to learning English.

‘We used the Corpus to answer questions Ike these:
What are te mos! requent words and phrases ie English? By analyzing the Corpus, we can identify
the most frequent words in everyday conversation. For example, we can find the top 50,

500, 1,000, 05,000 words in the spoken Corpus and see how these ae different fom the
most frequent words in the written Corpus. This ensures that students learn the most useful
‘conversational words right from the beginning, >
hich English words are mst Kyo acc together? We can find typical collocation, or words

frequently used together, by looking at all the examples of an individual word and socing

‘what words most often precede or follow it For example, we can identify the adjective that

‘most frequently follows the adverb pretty (as used in Ir was pretty goo). We learn that the

top four adjective collocation with pretty are pretty good, pretty nice, pretty bad, und pretty

‘vol This kind of information helps us present the adverb pretty, as well as other words and

phrases, in natural and useful collocation. x
What are te most common meanings and uses ofa parar grammar structure? By studying

‘the Corpus, we can find out, or example, how people typically use the verb can. Most

iv + troduction

5. teachers are familar with the meaning of can for “ability” as in the sentence Jean sui.
Conversations in the spoken Corpus show that a more frequent meaning of canis that of
“possibilty.” or what itis possible todo in different places and situations, as

In New York, you can go 0 the top ofthe Empire State Bulldng. So Touchstone
thisuse of can.

Wich tenses do pape use mos equenty? The spoken Corpus shows what tenses people use

sos frequently in conversation. The simple present, for example, is more common than
(he present continuous, For that reason, we made a decision 10 introduce te simple present
Before the present continuous in Touchstone.

How do people manage conversations elect? By reading the multitude of conversations in the
Corpus, we can see how people interact In real-life situations. For example, how do people
show that they are interested in a conversation and that they are listening? Conversations
Inthe Corpus show that people do this by repeating information, asking questions, and
saying things like "Really “Right” "know and “Uh-huh.” What do people say when
they want to end a conversation? There are many examples in the Corpus of people saying
"Anyway. to end a conversation politely. How do people make sure their questions do mot
seem ton direct? The Corpus shows people rephrasing questions with “Timean,” and adding
the word orat the end of yes-no questions. For example: Where do you go after work? I meat,
(do you go somewhere nice: Would you lke to go out or... 7 The answers to these and other
questions make it possible for Touchstone 1 teach students useful strategies for managing
conversations successfully in English

Ua ar te most typical contexts for specie vocaulary and grammar structures? Searching
the Corpus helps us find typical situations for using specific vocabulary and grammar
structures, so that we can present nev language in natural context, he conversations,
interviews, and listening material students encounter in the serie are constructed in ways
‘that reflect the character and content af the conversations in the Corpus and are sometimes
raven directly from these conversations.

How does this corpus-informed approach help me and my students?
By Identifying what language i essential to basic communication and what language allows
‘us to speak clearly and precisely, corpus informed materials can take learners to their goals
‘more quickly and efficient

In addition, a study ofa spoken corpus teaches us Important things about social
communication Asa result, activities based on corpus informod materials can focus on the
most important features of listening and speaking skill, making students more effective
Tisteners and communicators.

Finally successful learning ial about motivation. Corpus-informed materials motivate
thatthe language they ate learning is up-to-date,
win whieh they are likely o find
nuage corresponds to what they si
‘encounter In real conversations, on radio and TY shows, in movies, an the Internet, and in
‘books, newspapers, and magazines.

Do I need to know a lot about the Corpus to be able to teach with Touchstone?

Nott al. You don't need any special knowledge of the Corpus to use the course successfully
But you can feel reassured that we, as authors, have checked the Corpus carefully o ensure
that the language we teach is frequent, natural, and useful, und thatthe statements we make
about language are accurate.

6. ‘As you teach from Touchstone, you and your students wil learn many interesting facts about
language coming from our corpus research. Throughout the Students Books you will see In
‘conversation boxes, which give useful information about spoken grammar and vocabulary.
‘On many ofthe Vocabulary notebook pages you wll find fun facts about vocabulary, such as
how people refer family members and what color and food words are used most frequently
In conversation In the Teachers Editions we provide additional information about grammar

1d vocabulary that we fe! willbe of particular interest to you as a teacher. Sec pages.
villes in this Teachers Editon for a is ofthe 500 most frequently used words in

What methodology will | be using in Touchstone?

Touchstone merges the best features of proven and familiar communicative methodologies
‘while, at the same time, offering stimulating activities careful crafted o focus on the
learning process. The Touchstone philosophy maintains that a successful course meets all of
‘the following goals:

4. Its interatin-based. An Important learning wim in every lesson sto get students
talking to each other. This strong emphasis on spoken interaction enables students to
put new language couse immediately to communicate with their classmates In addition,
‘Touchstone devotes a full lesson in every unit 10 the teaching of conversation strategies so
that students can learn the skills needed for efletive spoken communication.

2. Mt personales the earning experience. Touchstone offers engaging activities that encourage
students to talk about their own lives and idea as they discuss topics relevant to their
Interests and experiences. Students wil enjoy talking about topics such as TV, music,
the Internet, sports, and celebrities. The About you con points out some of these.
‘opportunities,

3. promotes active and inductive learning. Throughout the series students complete asks that
actively involve them in the learning process. Students are also challenged to figure out
(nducive earning) grammar structures or English usage. Solving a problem or figuring

‘something out for oneself isa powerful ald to understanding. and research shows that
activities that have students notice and figure things out result in successful learning
‘igure it our tasks challenge students to think about how target grammar structures are
formed and used before they are formally introduced. Notice asks in the Conversation
strategy lessons encourage students to think about how people manage conversations
effectively. Word sor tasks and Vocabulary notebook pages pet students to actively learn
new vocabulary.

4. encourages students tobe Independent learners. The Audio CD/CD-ROM in each Student's
Book offers students a Seffstudy listening component based on an extension of the
dialogue from the Conversation state lesson and provides additional oral practice.
Student can thus take the Initiative to improve thelr speaking and listening sills,
\working a their own pace. The CD-ROM includes a database called My vocabulary
notebook, which allows students to sor vocabulary in different ways, to print out word
lists for a variety of purposes, and to add ther own words, expressions, and example

Clear learning aus at he start of each uni, Sefcheek and Study plan charts in ach
Touchstone Checkpoint lesson, and Progress checks atthe end of each Workbook unit enable
students to monitor their own learning. Each Teacher's Edition provides a esting package
‘which gives you and your students another valuable tol for assessing progress.

5. Itrecognizes the Importance of review and reeylig. Language students need constant review,
‘and Touchstone systematically reyeles and reviews target language in several sections

vi + Introduction

7. ofthe Student's Book in Before you begin, Conversation strategy Reading and Listening,
Vocabulary notebook, and Touchstone checkpoint, aswell a in the Workbook. Grammar,
‘vocabulary, and conversation strategies taught in earlier unis are recycled in later units
Items learned in lower levels are recycled in subsequent leves. Necyleteons throughout
the Teacher's Editions point out these and other opportunites for review and recycling.

6 Motors Mestity to meet the needs of specie lasses. Touchstone can be used with large
and small classes. Activities can be done In pais, groups, or as a whole class, depending.
on your particular needs. Touchstone can also be adapted to varying course lengths. For
shorter courses, the Vocabulary notebook pages and Reading and Writing tasks can be
assigned for homework. For longer courses, the Workbook provides additional learning
tasks. For when time allows, the Teacher's Edition offers a variety o extra classroom.
activities to reinforce learning.

Can | teach the lessons in a unit out of order?

No. Iti very important that lessons A,B, Cand D are taught inorder. This is because the
new structures and vocabulary taught in the earlier lessons are generally recycled and reused
inthe later lessons. Each lesson in à unit assumes that students have learned the language of
the previous lesson(). So, or example, simple present statements are taught before simple
present questions; students are taught the strategy of asking questions in two ways only after
{hey have learned how to ask es-no and information questions.

A special thank-you from the authors .

We would like to extend a very personal thank-you o al the teachers and students who
have provided so many construetive comments during the development of Touchstone. We
sincetely hope that you will enjoy using Touchstone and that i wil co success
‘of your English clases, We welcome your feedback and look forward to hearing from you.

‘With our very best wishes,
Mike MeCarthy

Jeanne MeCarten

Helen Sandiford

8. Course components

Each level of Tauchstome consists of a Students Book with a Selfstudy Audio CD/CD-ROM, a
Class Audio Program, a Workbook, and a Teachers Edition with a CD for the listening portion
of he included quizzes and tests,

Student's Book with Self-study Audio CD/CD-ROM

‘There are twelve units in each Student's Book. Each unit co

a unit opener page which presents the unit theme, u
‘warmup activity

1 four two page lessons (Lessons A,B,C, and D) which present grammar; vocabulary:
‘conversation strategies; and listening, reading and writing practice

à Vocabulary notebook page with fun tasks where students catalog new vocabulary,
renforce collocations, and further develop their vocabulary-building skills

= à Pree tal task atthe back ofthe book that encourages students to interact oper
natural conversational setting

= aSeifstudy listening task at the back of the book for indepen
unique conversation strategies using the Self study Audio CDCD

Four Touchstone checkpoint lessons review the language taugt

isis of
ns and a Before you begin

iyina

nt reinforcement of the
om

Ih previous three units

{Unique features ofthe Students Book include:

+ the Conversation strategy lesson, which covers the Important nev syllabus area ol
‘conversation management techniques

+ a Vocabulary notebook, which offers practical learning tips and personalized activities
‘while systematically covering vocabulary building strategies

+ Figure i: out asks, which involve students in figuring out how target structures are
formed and used

+ Word sort tasks, which encourage students to take an active role in learning new
vocabulary

‘Self-study Audio CD/CD-ROM
‘This disk contains listening and speaking practice based on the conversations from Lesson €
“ofthe Students Book
Using the disk as an audio CD, students can:
= listen to and practice the Lesson C conversation
en to a continuation ofthat conversation in order to complete a Selfistudy Listening
activity
Using the disk as a CD-ROM, students can
do these same listening activities on a computer
1 do additional activites, such as playing he role of one ofthe speakers and recording their
The CD-ROM also includes My vocabulary notebook, a database containing a complete list
ofthe words and expressions in the Student's Books, divided into “target” vocabulary and
“bonus” vocabulary Target vocabulary are words and expressions that students should
know and be able to use by the time they finish each unit Bonus vocabulary are words and
expressions that students may encounter but are not required to learn,

+ Introduction

9. Using My vocabulary notebook, students can
= add their own words, expressions, and example sentences 1 Ihe database
print out the new wor lists they have created.

Workbook
The Workbook is a natural extension of the Student’ Book, with two pages of follow-up
activities for each two-page Student's Book lesson. The Workbook provides:
= thorough consolidation and practice of the vocabulary, grammar, and conversation
regles taught in the Student Book
exten reading and writing activities to reinforce these important skills,
stations to provide context and keep

= a Progress check a the end of each unit to help students plan further independent study

Teacher's Edition with Audio CD
‘The interleaved Teachers Edition contains practical, step-by-step teaching nots foreach
page ofthe Student’ Book. also offers:

a wide variety of optional interactive classroom tasks geared to both small and large
classes

2 extra homework ideas for each lesson

= Language notes tha not only provide an overview of the language presented in each unit
‘bat also give useful information, drawn from the Corpus, on the frequency of grammatical
forms, words, and expressions

1 a photocopiable esting package containing twelve written and twelve optional oral
Quizzes (one for exch unit) aswell as two written and two optional oral tests

‘= an audio CD which provides the recordings forthe listening tasks in the resting package
1 audio scrips forall recorded material

unit by unit language summaries which include the unit woeabulary and expressions
1 the Workbook answer key

Class Audio Program
“The Class Audio CDs and Cassettes provide students with natural models for speaking and
pronianciation as well as the opportunity to listen o a variety of voices and accents. The
recordings ae in natural, conversational American English

Web site

‘The student support Web site provides engaging, interactive vocabulary, grammar, and
Tistening activities, The teacher support Web sit offers teaching tips, classroom activities,
downloadable materials, and more.

Introduction + ix

10. Structure of the units in the

ıdent’s Book

All units contain the following base structure It is important to note that lessons must be taught in A,B,C,
1 order. There may be some variety in the exact position of pronunciation, listening, and speaking activites,
from unit to unit.

Unt apeer-Unicoverview LassanA- Grammar, pronunciation,
and warmyp activity and speaking

Lesson 8 Vocabulary gramma strates,
and speaking Tening, nd speaking

Lesson = Heading, eii is

‘ocabsary tro - Strategies
forlearning vocabulary

and speaking

©00060000000800000000000000000000

11. Features of the units in the Student's Book

Unit opener =

“The unit opener page sets the scene forthe unit topic, and introduces new vocabulary

— Un ins
‘sh ey gave, voca ps, nos a ses

Bee you begin
1 pros pos compo al easy orton
vaca ene

1 eye vas tom patos vats aster wae
ony
ches no oct td ee heme

Introduction» xi

12. Lesson A

Lesson À presents the main grammar point ofthe

‘with some relevant new vocabulary may include u

Speaking naturally pronunciation task, a Talk about it group discussion, oF a Listening as,

MES

LPS

= hops ds os lors ases leu ce
= calengs seso ue cre ss ato à
rar cas ps

Grammar res

1 oe sr ba cr and fer pace wh new

of opr octane ral oman

lever

1 pres sg ts om Cos a De ane
rem an rar sun ih

‘Aboot you
1 Sansa pasate pete sk

xl + tntedetion

CQOOCOCOCOOCOEEE

oc

eee

13. Lasson 8 teaches the main vocabulary of the unit and builds on the grammar taught in Lesson A. may
include Speaking naturally pronunciation task, Talk about it group discussion, ora Listening ask

— butting vocablo
1 say Deer rw wor and egress arg sats
am peut Scary rer ln
= ates a oct aus Ha avs on pes eg
Forman whe prog mola pis

Mordor

a a er re mr oc ah wars
ape baring poses

1 sopor lr suis ous te en eat
med asin, personals mas 0
caras

pesa aora

gs ent nte a so a route a
pra

= proves carn ná person practica o ay
Feat pcia oe ssn

co's te oy aso kg and tet, tes are
norton bse gammatc tr, an career pas

+ bul one ana ot Laon A presen o ae in
a aan pas ron
roves tora ee tks

14. Lasson © eaches a Conversation strategy and some common expressions useful in conversation, followed by
listening activity reinforeing this conversational language. The grammar in this lesson is always recycled

and is thus grammar that students already know

Comes sal
toos sues cios for managing coran mor
ca ish

ots an xg sai cl tales cn om
meses ine Care, co ches sich as
‘aga esa convento, cng res se
man, ng I tk epg Mes, gen
arte, an ea" in a

Th secon proves op renato wher

Y Fs tek ote cnc
“Tho et and utd comet,
Ne ot te talon and fo mre ages
Fra, us e staan tache pres

A St) Ando CDCD-AOM ows sat
+ sir praia he Lasse omo
Hs crio cto taten, ih pote
ba rh Satay tang sks PAG 1
Sheers u:

= a comen mager such ra
end A 2 ose lo D CS ae egy
= nd nó roses he Comes say

xiv + Introduction

15. + Lesson D =

Lesson, after the fest three unit, focuses on reading and writing skills while providing addition
> and speaking activities

Dem
ros comerse reg sil dept chin
foe" ye are psteadn isn cn,
pes

a Fer
= E
| SEHE

5900

)

"seno an seating
2 cones tes par, compensa seme

o ‘sion

> = pres coran and os at a bose on
‘ese iu

o 1 na an pe 0 aka rc al commet y

= En sat oe rat a sn wa.
‘alton a comen go sts cle an ose

o oo gasa” leet and sa and dc
Lal

> tua
1 na shal wg ais sch as ma! messages.
o Whe, sr re, and matt Wed pages
= ‘moves rm snp sr paras, spring a
Deer mobs Sh edge and am
o Seow ang
= rones arta ys, nto ae as
ue pte ove on es sh pct, nr
edi a Da cine,

16. Vocabulary notebook =

Vocabulary notebook provides a page of enjoyable tasks

je end of every unit to help students organize and

‘rte down new vocabulary. allows students o customize their own Vocabulary learning working in class
orathome.

twang
ITA 2 sem er un or aqu new
vocab
1 cones tog in epson; run,
VD fe vy, sig eras, ind rape 2
eles Ca

| 3 #

a cr
EZ, meinen )
= Task 2 alows students o use the same technique 10 109
ee
Amar

xvi + Introduction

17. Free talk and Self-study Audio CD/CD-ROM.

Free fle and So study Audo CD/CD-ROM provide optional activities for Future practice and expansion of new
language and conversation strategies,

reat
[weis sates owe bene sgae menta
‘ceo wh ores

= pers a cea an va ange of sk yor nad
Inma a acts, scan, and games

z oras sn ae sig |
ch ass on ba Lesson

o Formaten nd se

e = ries an sen
{fenton error

© ening pais

= 1 dos Sis oa à
‘Sezer ado a on

> ‘ees (CD-ROM on

o 1 is acompa oy ea
acts, srl, aan

© in na tacked >
ETES

x Introdocton = xvii

18. Corpus frequency

‘This isa lis ofthe top 500 words in spoken North American English. Its based on a sample of four and a >
half milion words of conversation from the Cambridge international Corpus. The most frequent wor, Is
athe top of elisa

11 a wi 81 theyre o
2 and 42 he 2 9
3 the 13 one A
4 you 44 are a 2
5 uh 45 this as 9
so 46 there 36 9
Hf 7 Q
8 that w
u so
10 of so 2
1 yeah a 9
12 know se 9
13 in E 9
1 ike a
15 they ss à
16 have 96 said E
97 there's O
sm Ve 9
99 much
100. where
61 when 101 wo ms
62 them 102 thing =
63 can 108. her ©
64 would 104 didnt 9
05 as 105. other o
66 me 106 say
67 mean 107. back =
68 some 108 could
69 good 109. thelr 9
70 ga 10 our 9
71 OK 1 guess o
72 people ne vos >
73 now 13 way 0
74 going 16 as PS
75 were 15 down 9
m 16 were 9
77 your 17 any >
78 time 118 hes
79 see 19 work
40 really 20 how 120 take

xvii + Intaduction

19. Ya
122
123
12a
125
126
1
128
129
130
m
12
133
m
135
136
17
ne
19
10
m
12
18
1a
15
16
ur
1m
19
150
ist
=
158
154
155
136

those

probably
him
who

put
years
pretty
gonna
stuft

into
make
than
year
three
which
home
wil

teal
why
big
actually
she's
day
five
always
school
look
sail
around

167
168
169
m
m
1
m
m
m
1.
m
va
m
10
et
m
183
104
us
106
187
108
19
190
i

201

205

207
208

210
au
a

anything,
ids
first
does
need
should
talking
last
hough
doesn't
diferent
money
long
used
setting
four
every
everything
many
before
though
tell
being
bie
house,
also
through
feet
whats
ald
done
great
bad
another

whole
whatever

cents
after
find
better
hard
haven't

2 give

zu
22
zus

25
216
247
zu
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
27
258

ra
problem
che
remember
might
again
pay

uy
place
part

let

keep
children
anyway
family
talk
made
hundred
night
call
saying
dollars
live
away
ther
read
having
far
watch
werk
mhm

20. 259
260
261
262
203
264
265
266
267
zu
269
270
zu
am
23
zu
275
zw
E
zu
279
200
zu
202
zu
20
zus
206
zur
zu
209
290
21
292
295
zu
295
296
297
zu
299
200
301
30
aus
304

couple
wouldn't
interesting
sometimes
bye

heard
oes
called
point

si

fun
they've
started
job
says
play
usually
exactly
took
few
child
thirty
buy
person
working
half

XX + Introduction

306

300
309
a0
au
a
as
a
as
316
sr
sw
a

EBENBER

BEE

333
sa

488

340
au
se
20
344
345
346
sr
2
EN
350

looking,
coming,
ight
love
everybody
able
well
Me

may
oth
ype
end
least
told
college
days
couldn't
ets
sus
od
country
yet
believe
‘thinking
funny

‘until
husband
idea
together
eich
hear
help
noihin
parents.
today.
makes.

351
352
a
354
355

357
ES]
339

361
362

265

367

am
sa
ar
m
am
ys
376
am
378
379

am

EN
=
398

295
306

say
sounds
chango
understand
such
‘gone
system
thank
show
thousand
lett
friends
class
already
small
boy
paper
‘world
best
myself
they'll
movie
cool
number
basically
enjoy
bought
‘whether
especially
‘aking
sit

book
fifty
months
month
found

21. 302
303
a
305
406
s07
A
409
s10
au
a2
us
a
as
a6
ar
as
a
20
sa
a
423
am
#5
426
ar
az
129
430
431

hey
student
agree
mother
problems
city
second
definitely
spend
happened
hours

matter
supposed
worked
‘company
friend
set
morning
between
close
leave
site
knew
pick
important
ask

an
438
a
195
#6
437
438
‘29
40
au
a2
ss
sa
ss
416
an
a
49
450
aa
452
453
454
ass
456

458
ao
460
a
462
463
464
165
466

hour
deal
credit
dog
group
making.
American
‘weeks
certain
less

dad
during
lived
fory
government
eighty
wonderful
wrong
young
places
gi
happen
sorry
living,
drive
outside
bring
easy

stop

467
468
469
a
an
a
am
a
a
m
am
sm
40
au
482
ss
en
185
486
487
au
489
190
sa
a”

494
495
496
497
498
499

percent
hand
post
‘op
computer
tried
gotten
mind
business
anybody.
kes
aren't
question
rather
twelve
phone
program
svithout
moved
ge
ver
looked
certainly
talked
beautiful
card
walk
married
you'll
middle

Introduction» xxi

22. Authors’ acknowledgments _[—__—__—_

‘The authors and pubs wo ik u std he pores
{hanks tothe long rior ec and ples or

(tren
en
Bann

En ee a,

Fotomate an Dela Sc
Se

ame Bordund Ann Canon fr LOC Toreo nuera
Serene po ree
ea
ee _
ee

een
en

ern
ee ere
ect cas sate ut runde
Se re con
‘inde ee ea
o ees
Sena oe
ÉD ns
ee ee
‘ores: ely Martin so Lay Mien how ano PLA
Fee nat ny Soa se Kae ins ic Fi
a D er
on
en rent
Sn ee
a es
o oye
a ET
ed aaa ep
Fe,
ie fie Sho Aina ews arm
ee ee
en ure eye
fatto Cats ee oy Chena LR
a Eos
(Calne San Brunch su ler nn tae,
ee
sans tines Scat enol toa age
Sage in tase ve rue a pe

Arms Une apta Ada USA ano ae
Franche Ste Ue «Clef stem earning

nr
Re
ein.
Bene
ee
nn
Besen

BR nie
Pen tate
Bee
ee
een
Seesen
A
Ga nern Caca rm Engl Wai Cart
euren

oe I

Daniela age ru EL tomas. Sa Pac, Bra is

o
ra Maelo rom EC Soo Pao, Ana
PR
Sree

Segue i ian ig er io
‘Unter Trias a nn sehe
dame Cat dans O

RE
rea tne spn rad
et
oes :
Teeter mens
D rat mn
‘ester cca sc yo, Dans Nar Kathy omer,
a
lace errant
rr
as
een
Mel Caine ical Mak OMe, Rosca Ou Anni
cee urna,
sr es pace
ee eme
Dom er
ne
CRC

‘tlm an opera Bro Se pe
chloe

23. oo od

24. Touchstone Level 2 Scope and sequence

age 1-10

unt 2

axes 11-20

uns

pes 21-20

nits

Growin op
pages 2

unit

Around tom
pages 59-62

Function Toples

pra
Ban

case
Sau
Sake.

a oo ty
+ ebenen

ed peters

+ Hat wat wa do
AS
ES

+ Taken ores
teste

+ Ds Po os
e o

Do
pti

lnea
Baer

EB eat
tt

idee

tonne ees

ten

Bi tiere

EEE tr
He

+ BR or ste
ac

+ Reser pent in
o

iv + Introduction

Grammar Vocabulary
Rew sie |: Gerente!

sen na te |" Wen ie

E are | ovins

Eaters sees

spas wo nd

ous rr TIA
art se, |" mes 4
Eolo | reos
+ D peus, Area
Table ear Sirenen sorge
‘anon eo” orator

+ Smpeonsertang |» vaso tay ay |» Ecoaape pope 0
o | meute
+ Fenny ces Pr
senda + Emma remeds |. Stow sues

Touchstoneedeckpoln Units 1-3 pagos 31-82

er een | ne
Eee, lies
a eee |
a me
Seine, | Bien,
e LS
+ Review of simple |» Time expressions fo | = Correct ings you
EA a wann,
Bar er
= Bee, | EEE
me a
Manga drame
ambre (one
D) on ETS
ven LE, |
és | Es
dre + Use “echo

Tovenstone checkpoint Units 4-6 pages 63-64

Pronunciation

+ Stes and
Foun
‘esters na

+ Sais

ona

Raser
dar

+ Ward ae,
Remon

25. 5

)02020990009000000000008

)

noce

0000000

de mater
"feta wets ys
rss

26. > Tata og

edo srs
iS
alan

azote oa
rg

+ Teapot bore
‘unin

+ Buty des

D es
{a eri vies.

Tatar boat

+ Tak but tet

- Dee poids
te

Ta stat ie

Di
ng pra

+ Ds en one

Mg tr rss
ER o

+ Syst ae
ar me peter

Ms me
Ei un
a lapses
ai
+ Location pressions
Er

HT
nee

ip

th on
Hr
ns

+ passo

ager
tome os
+= Ha tons

+ not
Breiten

cs
À Pre espais

sas
ds un

‘ak pote for
eee
Do mms»

+ km pty

Bean
Aer Drop

Comment soy

+ pond wih
iter

i
hs yu

+ Shwe uke mm

NO

+ Dee meo... 00

Aie ct aa
pres wit
Ee ant
manon
"ag sa

27. 20

)000000000900000000009

000000000900

Men says bare
Lette
sero twe ame

na
(hs pad en

fre lars

28. Working with a partner

English? Whose turn is it now?
Wis my yoor um.

Who goes frst, A or B?

Ym sorry. What did you say? A does. That's me / you.

oi do you say so This time we change roles.

en Oe st)
ima mean pa) Yes Tito so Lts ty ag. |
ES —
Lots compare answers.
eo talladas 3 7 OK Wa do you have for number 1?
D0you mean?) Do ou have far number 3? |
0 o. Thave “Lai check asin. |

(Do you understand this sentence?
ar Yeah. t means *

xxvii + Introdution

29. alr work and group work are an integral pat of most language learning classes and provide
‘many advantages to language learner, incu

= They ensure that al Ss get many opportunities 0 practice the target language
= They provide variety in classroom activities, and so keep Ss engaged.

= They allow Ss of different language profciency to learn from one another

Arranging pairs and groups
‘One challenge is setting up the pairs or groups. ere are some suggestions
Pair or group Ssby different language proficiency levels, Pairing stronger S with less
proficient ones allows peer teaching to take place. Less proficient Ss often fel more
comfortable asking questions ofa classmate rather than ofthe teacher. The stranger Sis
challenged by having to explain the material
2 Pair or group Ss randomly. To form random groups, try any ofthe following:
(0) Have Ss count off eg, from 1 0 4) All the “Is” form a group al the “2” and soon.
(2) Write numbers on lips of paper and mix them up. Ss draw slips and work with Ss with
the next number (eg, SI and $2, $3 and SA) or set of numbers (e, $51 to 4 form a
group, $65 106, and soon).
(9) Have $s form groups by what they are wearing such as a particular color.
1 Allow Se to group themselves. The danger with this, however, Is that friends wil frm pairs
lor groups and speak about personal things as opposed to doing the activity.

Regardless ofthe arrangement you use, vary pair an ‘This way Se can.

jing a lass community

Tips for effective pair work and group work

1 Model the task before having S do it. Many tasks fail because Ss do
‚nderstand what todo. State the instructions simply and cle
Sscome o the front ofthe clas to demonstrate the activity

= Ser time limits for tasks. Set Se use their time effectively
Fstablsh a signal to indicate time is up; for example, clap your hands

1 Assign specific roles to group members. These roles ure leader and secretary The leader
nales sure that the task i carried out correctly und ensures that group members
speak English. The secretary writes down the group's answers and reports on what the
¡group discussed. In addition, it sof erica importance that all Ss are doing something
productive during group work. There is. danger that when itis not a's turn to speak, he
‘orshe will lose interest. To avoid this, make sue that exch group activity has a focused
task =s0 that when Sure not speaking, they have to actively listen, For example, Ss are
discussing their favorite foods, have Ss make u noe of food each person likes or find
someone who likes the same food, Make sure Ss report what they have heard,

= Monitor pair and groups as they work, Circulat and remind Ss to use English, Make note
‘of problematic language points to reach late.

à completely
ad when possible, have

work and group work ar tried-and-true classroom techniques. Trying out ideas such as
Ihe ones here and sharing ideas with other teachers can lead to their elective use,

Introduction + xxix

30. Lesson 8 Things in common.

Unit

‘Speaking naturally Seas an rater

(See Student Bookp.2)

‘This section reviews the main pints of stress and

imonation aught Touchstone Level, Unis? und 1

People stress ay der, the words they think of =

the main content words The onation changes onthe

most stressed syllable

Questions

* In information questions, the Intonation often ies

in then fells on the stead syle nthe mal.

Content word,

in rs no questions. the intonation often ses un the
stiesel lable in he main content word

Statements

In statements hat ge information thatthe speaker

does nt expect he istener to know, he Intonation

‘ten fl, Falling intonation also signals that al the

Information has been gives,

(Grammar corse too ad eier
(Ser Students Book p.4)

The chat in the lesson introduces short responses to
aifmative and negative statements using too and ether

Form
1 Use 100 Me oo respond ro affirmative statement

A malito cas. 8 Jam a ¡Ma
A Iwate pro Tepe 8.
Aleanstopfrnaus 8 Hann ke

= Use eher or Me ntiherto respond to negative
A mostananimllr: 8 Fina rater
A don wate meh eon 8 I oe eer ear
A eu no now. 8 ¡cart Mer

Use

* These responses show you have something in common
‘with someone or agree withthe person

* is possible 0 use ort answer responses without
an and alert show that you do nt agree orto,
contradic what someone sad. However, ese re no
5 common. They cam alo sound rode
À Ite est 8 oh ia

1 Making friends Language notes

Lesson À Getting to know you

Grammar singe poser an peer ais)
(See Student's Book.)
Ts esso reviews simple lirmative and negative

statements, ys o questions, shor answers, and
Information questions wth brand other ver.

fom

Te gremmar chart includes the verb structures
‘aught In Touchstone Level Units o. (Por more

‘The simple present one ofthe most common

structures ih spoken Engl. Sa view the main uses

Taught in Level:

* forrepateactities and routines, We usualy so
out on Frida),

= forpermanent stats or things hat are rue ll the
time (og have ro Pm fom Ta

= or verbo orexpressing likes and dikes fog, hate
mornings).

possible to use Sand ther sth an inversion of
verband pronoun (e. Soo /So mL. Neither
ido? Meer neral these structures ares
Feequent than the ones night his esoo.

mater Regi str

of this type of response are Me

AN
correct by some people, though itis twice

se

Vocabulary Ross
(See Students Book.)

“The less provides an opportunity to review many
‘ofthe vocabulary topics taught is Lave! 1 TV shows,
lots, color, wecken actives, and food

Coma and vestimos

= In English, nouns re assed as countable or
luneountabe. Countable nouns have a singular and
Plural form; Ay ean be used withthe article a/a,
and with numbers (eg, a ean, same vans, an app,
uo apple). Uncoumtable nouns ave no purl fran
And ar not used with the article aan fo, mi ie,
mean.

Hof have bef with rice and beans fr inner.

31. = Pluralsare often used o talk about things in general.
‘Hike cartoons but don ke ality shows.

Colon o actes
Many sports activites require specific er before the
ame ofthe activity. The most commen ate play do.
andgo.

ike play ers and seal

‘On the weckend Ido aerobics and ga.
nme summer. o cimming every morning

Lesson C Do you come here a lot? =

Conversation strategy Sons comer = Pope ao use cual ocr things peopl sy
retiene Ica el mir rt isos
pat

* Staring conversion wih someone you ee or

‘is rt men acond or eel lana En bal À Oi oa at a sal gone on Ts ight?
Be 1 a acta ort ues sch

"Int America people ten ar comen y Ally ean ae (end a word ha sounds
cemento tbe weather things tnetmmedate lao a word inanoter Language, ut that hs
sioner or by aking genera question but ver ferent meaning. In some languages the
‘Shore people ae rom wee ey Ive umo her Cale word mean now te de o een I
‘lds ey co fora vig ote tam Fate with hee meening in ng

‘hey general al queso about ey petal 7

Copec as salary ng reg, Corpus information Au
‘Strategy pls sea Acad ne be op 20 ward. is

Approximately ve times more frequent in
{See Students Book p.7) conversation than In newspapers and her ein
= People us actual when hey give information to

ha they do not expect the other person in the = Most uses of actually ate embedded in the middle
‘conversation to know. This information can be new or ‘ofwhat people say. About 1 percent are ul the
Supra, ‘beginning, and about JO percent ae atthe end.

A Do ou ti schoo?
Bed Io son ro ne

_Lesson D Making conversation

Grammar mas Help note Pesas

{See Students Book pp. 8-9) (See Student Bookp.9)

“The reading ext and welting activity review imperatives, The Help Note reviews the base punctuaion taught in

including imperatives with be Level: capital eters atthe begining of sentence,
‘Bea gua listener commas before quotations andi sts, periods the
Dont be boring fend of statements, and question mark atthe end of
Talk a proper scoot an work questions.
Goout ale

Language notes + Unit 1

32. Making friends

Teach tis unt opening page together wi Lesson Ain one class period.

Inde e he of be an Say. "This un
make filed" Wi lv response o

board

about making fiends. Where are some places to meet new people and
hol, neighborhood, work. a par. A clas, "What's

Important when you make a rend?” Write Se denson he Board (ee, The person interesting Juny eat alk o

The person has hs ame interests fie tine activites,

‚In Unit 1, you learn how to .

Ua ns ead the unit alms aloud, Tell Sto Hate and
read along.

Extra act md
Sslook through the lessons to familiarize themselves
{how each unin the Students Boo ep. Sa;
Read the Uni | sims again, Look quieky through
the lessons ry 0 find which lesson each unit im ie
Found in The tha al isn more than one lesson.
Youhave three minutes”
Atthe end of thre minutes, ead each aim aod, Ca
On few Sst dette son. Am 1: Lesson Ar A
2: Lesson B Aims: Lessons A nd He Alm e Lesen;
‘Aims: Lesson CI

Before you begin...

1 labs pes Say “Imagine you antro get
ok now someone. When yn geting to know
someone, what are vou doing” caraing about him or
er Ai “How do you learn about people you me?”
[ask questions) Read the information in Before You
Begin lous

{ED Rosi grammar Say “Imagine you meet someone
“ta party and you aking questions o get to know
the person, Whats one useful tense ue?” sie
present

= Sa. Look at picture 1. What's the op?" home
and amiy Sa, “Think ofaye-no question and an
{nfoumaton question hat you can ack about home and
Jam" Get suggestions fom fess, and wrt them
‘onthe board. Undertne the information question
‘wor (eg, Doyo ine wath our paren? Where do
ou ve? Do you have any Der ostra oa many
rather otre do ou have)

1 Say. Look at pieure 2. What's the top?” sud]
Ask "What questions can you ask someone you dont
kaos wel tind rabo rd?” Gt suggestions
ftom afew Ss und write them onthe Boar eg Are
pou a student Where do you goo whol? What our
arr subeine

TA + Unit + Making tends

Extra ac país
Pars rye agree onthe thre best places to meet
ope and the thee best easons to become rend.
Se use the two sts already on the board and their own
lea Severa) pale report othe se,

1 Ak, “hats the opin pleure 3?” work! Get
‘Suggestions about questions rom x ew Sand wr
them on the board (eg. Do you have job Wher do
ou or Do you ke our ob?

= Ask. What’ the opie in picture "fee time) Get
Suggestions about questions frm a ew Sand write
them on he board What do ou don uu re
time? Do jou ie sports mas movies? Who your
more,

= Fora Se work in pars king curs asking and
answering mo questions foreach opie

Extra act class
¡Ss euh wie one question to ak her lasemates
and thelr own answer. They walk around asking at
Answering SL asks the question. IIS? ives an answer
thats also tue for Ss res x name on piece
‘of pape. After ve minutes, sit down À few Sa
pat beck to the class (eg. My arte singe Sting
ls rue for six students)

33. use the simple present and present of be (review).

give responses with foo and either.

talk about yourself, your family, and your favorite things.
start a conversation with someone you don't know.

use actually to give or “correct” information.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

34. Less

2 Getting to know you

QUESTIONNAIRE +

ats your name? Are you afl tie student?

a does your name men? yes What's your major?

Do you Rave a middle name? Ifo: What do yeu do for ng?

4. Av you named ar someone? 2. Mow do you gett work or dass?

5. Be you ke your name? 2. How long does take?

here do you lve?

3. Do you have aot of rends?

2. Bo you ke your neighborhaa 2
pars? Ace Your tends ram school work, or

‘your nelghborood?

3.00 you Ie alone or with your fom?

14. Do you have any Brothers or sens?

3. Wha are your fends ke?

5. ner are your parents rom

5. What do you do when you get tope

1 Gelling started xa
E ra montt anne acer ur toos pain
s answers. Then tell the class one interesting thing about your partner.

“Marcela has seven brothers and sisters.”

2 Speaking naturally Stress and intonation ===
Do you have a foie? Are you rom a big Gi? at oo dot
E Yes. (hehe. — 0 efi

A €? Listen and repeat the questions and answers above. Notice the stress on the important
‘content word. Notice how the voice rises, or rises and then falls, onthe stressed word.

¡ai

ya,” B Pair work Ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers.

2

000000900000 FOOOOOO OO OOOO OOO

35. lessonA Getting to know you
1 Getting started

= Seine sens Books closed Ask, “Do you think you
‘now alotabou your classmates Rae your hand
theanewer is ws None aie your hand ifthe answer
Ús mo. What are some things you want 1 now aba
your dassmates?™ Get ideas rom 6, and write
them on the board (eg, name, where they ne tr
freetime activites) Books open, Read the ile of the
questionnaire aloud, Ask, "What ae the four topic
inthe questionnaire" your name, ame and family
esse fends)

öl Pepe te u Says quest
1 andundeline any words you dont know" Ask
So ao theiunderined words, Write them on
ine board Get as many definitions as possible rom Ss.
Espia any remaining words

1 Have S workin prs. Say “Use the questionnaire to
interview your partner Wate your partners answers”

= Doin nk Have Sl atk the compete questionnaire
nd then change oes. Alternatively, have Sschange
roles after each ofthe four pes.

= When sins say, “Now el he cass something
Interesting aboot your partner” Read the example
Ald, Have several Ss report fact othe class

Possible answers
Your Name

Ey rane
2 My ame mers
3 Ve my mba cae —

2 Speaking naturally

AE wıman

1 Preview te ek Tell Sto ook a the ree sts of
‘questions and answers Say, Pooplesay the most
importas content word ina statement or question
leader and mote ley. This calle res Examples
coment words ar nouns srl. and adjectives. Look
fat the three questions. What are the tested words?"
nickname aly un)
Te Sat look atthe questions. ay, “Look at the
arrows. They al stat go up onthe stressed word
ut two ofthem then go up and one of them goes
nen. What's different about these qustons?™
Two

In es no questions and says up Tn information
‘questions the vole ies on the tease word and
‘hen falls Thisisng and falling o the vole sealed
intonatlon”

2 Tullo look atthe three answers. Ask “What are
‘he stressed words the answers” Umm. ster,

it aking ns

4. Yes Tarma ater y arena

5. Ys fs OC sap carmen ane

teste

1.3 Ys Lam. mari is
Rome wena sperma

2, Tots by sty.

2 nées Dour iat,

ane an Fray

Finos See.

2. No nt y roro ea ei,

Slee wa mar,

dem rot ar oe st,

SM oca

Fens

1 Ve do. ha at otters.

2 My ind ae to seo,

3 Meymakiotn

de Ve Ve eter ery ener.

5. We sal oto bs ne or comi

Extra activity pairs

eens Sethe ern oir orga
Por en

‘movies Sa Tn answers to quecons the information
{hat answer the question the important wor, o.
Ara rec. Ts here the inten changes”
‘ak "What happen to intonation onthe sewed
‘rode falls} formoreinlormaton, ss Language
Notes at the beginning isnt

1 Read the instructions aloud

Pto beca S sten. Tel hem o it carefully
forthe seed words and how tp ce ta
fau

= Poy te recording api Ss ten and repeat
B

Proven ad oe ok Ren the tnétrucions
"2 loud Tell pars take turns asking and
‘answering the questions, this time giving ther ow.
Information. (Note: You may want 19 mode some
answer (eg No, dame No, Im from small
family)

Unit + Ming friends» 7-2

36. 3 Grammar —

Poors

= Present grammar cat Play the recording, Seiten
and repeat

= Usterson be gamma ‘el Ss oooK athe chart.
Explain that reves he simple present of verbs,
Including be. affirmative and negative statements
eno questions short answers and information
Questions. Give So minutes review the char

= Books lose. Review the various grammar pattern.
‘ite sentences rom the chart onthe board with
banks in place ofthe words in bal Calon few Sato
Fine banks.

= Review the forms as needed

= Books open Tel Se 10 sand
‘he chart in pars, taking curs playing each le

A

Pre be task irte onthe board: Answer Red Ask
15 10 rend the example question for number alu
Ask to think other questions or this answer
Wt their suggestions on the board fog, What color
‘sour cart Wa colo de you wwara let Wha your
fevorte olor

1 Doth ak lave Se complete the tas by writing
possible question for each answer Haves comparo
{hele questions in pair.

4 Listening and speaking =

AP corny

1 Preview te tsk Rend the instructions loud. ay.
Read each ofthe sx questions carefully Listen for
the strated words to gehe man ideas in To's

Pare recado Audio script p. 2284 Ss ste and
choose the best question for eich answer Pave after
tach exchange 10 give Ste write Ih numberin
Beben.

1 Pay bmn aan seen transe Check

Ansmers
ur jour moran

2 W's os tere ts?

3, at ys o weet?

À dove be ay go

3. endo you pe tre wi your tay?

8 Do u go out alton mecs?

T3 + Unit + Making ends

1 check answers wi th class: foreach tem, ae
ess read their questions aloud, and askother Se
ith same question ori hee hand

Possible answers
Latour ot ctr?

2 Aou ony nl

3, Doyoc macs?

& Wat ees yo tran 07

ia po and yur eds 0 ne ocd?
8 Dayour rents go tat?

7 Dayeuthamarans?

E Door

Foto Soto urns asking thee questions witha
partner who red he answer.

B

"i, Pre ado o tk Read the Instructions
Pe aloud Have seas her partners their
“questions. Make sure Ss answer ih thee en
Information.

1 Foto repeat the askin groups

Entra actly als
¡Sa rite thee questions and thei answers on si
separate pieces of pape. Ple exchange answer”
papers and try o wre the matching questions Ss
thea compare questions and see how many are the

B

TER, Proview an one ok eat instructions
12” aloud, Explain hat follow-up questions are
‘questions hat yo ask o get more information, Have
Four Ss model the example conversation SI chooses
‘question and answersi $32, 9, and take ene
ating follow question,

RS Assign Workbook pp.2 and. The answer key
beginsonp.T248)

37. Uni 1 Making ends

23 Grammar_Simple present and present of be (review) &

es ‘Ara you from a big tamy? What's your name? le it Leo?
0 Yes, lam. Im one ol six chicken Yes, Lis. My name's Leo Green
No, Im not. Thore are only two of us No, t's not. My name isn't Leo. t's Jos
8 ‘Are you and you ende fulltime students? | Where are your parents rom? Are they ram Peru?
Yes, we are. Were Engish majors Yes, thoy are. they're trom Lima.
o No, were not Were parttime students. | No, they're not My parents aren't rom Peru
o (Do you have any brothers and sisters? | What does your brother do? Does he go to college?
à Yes, do, | have a brother. Yes, he does. He goes tothe same colego as me.
4 No, don't Iman only ondo. No, he doesn't He works at a bank
‘Do you and your trends get together alot? | Where do your parents ive? Do they live nearby?
E Yes, we do We go out al the me. Yes, thoy do. They ve near hee,
No, we don't We dont have time, No, they dont. They don't live around here.

4 A Think of a possible question for each answer. Compare with a partner.

1. À ats your Favorite calor? 5.4 +
B Red. 3 We usually go out to dinner or see a movie.
> 24 5 84 +
pe B No, Tm not. I have one sister B No, they don't. They don't have time,
» aA 3 24 +
5 No, don't [don't drive No, hate mornings. Yi not a morning person.
44 1 aa 7
© 5 Me works in a store 3 Well, have a part-time job. 1 work Saturdays

A @ Listen to Tom's answers to these questions. Number the questions 1 106.

ou spend me “Do you go out ot
ami? on wekenas?"

ii Group work Choose oe ofthe questions, and tl the group your answer,

| Then answer a follow-up question from each person in your group.

“How do you spell that?”
“My favorite name is Jennifer" Mp “Why do you like Ih name?"
“Do you have a favorite boys name?”

38. Lesson B

Things in common

1 Building langua,

A @ Listen. What do these friends have in common? Practice the conversations.

reso noisy. and 1 ‘ean shop
they always wreck things. for hours! Too bad I can't
Tm just not an animal ‘A Imean, I watch pro football. ford anything new.
loves ques 2 Yeah, do oo. But that’s 2 How Lean ether.
2 Well tmmnotelther 1m about Imbroke

allergic to dogs and cats A Yeah, Lam wo. .

EQU B can you complete the answers? Use the conversations above to help you.
© A 1cant

© A rm nor a football fan.

have a pet
Bm either, B Icant
2 Gramm: i ither E SA
Fim alergc o cats 1 watch pro footbed. lean shop for hours!
lam too | do too. {can too |
Fm nat an animel over. don’t watch much television. can't ford anything new.
1m not either 1 don't either ‘cant other.

People also respond with Me too and Me nelthar (or Me either).

AA Respond to these statements using fo or either

‘Then practice with a partner.
1. IwatchalotofTV, Ide ten 4: Tm nota sports fan,
2. Tmallerpie o some foods 5. Idon'thavea pet.
3. Leatafford anew car 6. Lean shop all day.
TIR

B Pair work Student A: Make the statements above true for you.
Student B: Give your own responses.

“don't watch alot of" “I don't ether” "Realy? | watch TV al he time.”

39. lessonB Things in common
1 Building language.

nt Ming ns

= Sete ces Tel the clas two things you and a friend
have in common (eg. My friend and ke cooking
can anal horror movies) Ask, "What d you and
sours friend have in commond” Calon several Se

AS wor tes)

1 Preview th tsk Say, “Look at the pictues, hat do you
‘think these rends have ln common?” Cal on atest
¡Seto answer (eg, pletur I: The tke don Ike have
doga).Say "Listen, What d these fiends rally have
in common? Undetin the answers:

1 Pa recording S listen and underine. Pause the
recording after cach conversation to give Ss ie to
tind he answer.

= Pay recording aan Ss sen and review thee
answer. Then aa “What do he people in
‘conversion {haven common?" (Theyre not
animal overs Do the same for conversations 2 and 3.
2. They dt watch much elevinon. They watch pro
football 8. They cant afford anything nom. Thy
broke

= Pres
“Groups: Divide the class into wo groups one group
playing Aand the other group paving. Have groups
eat each convertion aloud and then change ole.
Pair: Tell pair ake turas playing the roles of
speakers A and.

2 Grammar e

ma

= Pace grammar car Play the recording. Ss listen
and repeat

Understand te grammar Tell st ok atthe chart
Ask "What's the pate when you respon tan
aie tement eth amt Hoss about negative
Statement” Ls am +00; Im + not cbr] Wee
he pateras onthe board

1 Ask," What ate the patterns shen you respond 10
Statements with verbs other han Be?” do #00.
dons el

= Ask, “What ate he pattern chen you respond 10
Statement with the verb ean?” + ean 00
Locanto ether
(For more information, see Language Note atthe
beginning of his unit)

= Preset in onrrsaton Tl 610 cove the information
Say. "People uy Me iter Me nie They have he
‘ue meaning, Which do you thinks more common
eneiheror Me ether” ave the class vote, and

B

BEL. Preven tk wit om the boar. in noc an

¿EE animal over. 21 dont watch much teleco
3 canard anything new
Ask, "What do you notice about these three
Statement?” They negative statements

= Write onthe bord under each statement: In nor
‘ther 2.1donteiher 3 cathe
‘Ask, "What three words do these responses have In
“comment” [not che] Cire the words.

= Wie onthe board 1. wc pro fatal, 2. Im ke.
Ask, "Wht do you notice about these wo
Statements” Fheyrealfemutiveinlements]

= Witte onthe board do to. 2. am too.
Ask, "What two word do these responses haven
{Common 1,10] Circle he words

1 Read the instructions aloud,

= Dotte as Have Ss complete the sentences. Tell
‘hem 0 look atthe Board andthe convereatons or

Hip. Have Ss compare thelr answers In pare Check
answers withthe class

Answers

immo. 2 dm 3 tear oer

Fous onthe frm ane se Say. “Look at Par All the
responses ofthe B speakers ares withthe statements
bythe A speakers. Note that nora and ethers
sed in responses tha gyre with negative satements
And that ots usedin responses hat agree with
Amar temente

‘then ak a to rad he Information alud o find the

A

1 Pre ao de as Read the instruction andthe
example aod, Have Ss write responses herum
atements Check answers withthe lass have pale
fof Seread tement und is response aloud

Answers
Hide Sienne Sléertaer
Zins Aimee leant.

= Tel Se to take tus reading each statement and ts
response paie.

B

EE, Prov an ote 04 Read the instructions

EE alud. Have tc Sed the example sou.
“Then have pars make and respondo statement

nit 1+ Making tends + T-4,

40. 3 Building vocabulary

= See seen Read the names ofthe four topes aloud
Ask Seo dent as many ofthe tings in the pictures
as they ean. IV hou: cartoon, sport total
ame, gameshow, Clr: jack, ean, Tshirt: foo:
uit / ananas/ grapes, pasta /spaghet salad;
Weekend ace goo a move sep at) 0
shopping!

A

Proven he tat Read the instructions loud. Have Se
‘work im small groups todo the ask

+ Date st Give groups five minutes to brainstorm a
‘many words as they en, Callon groups to report thee
Ist, and we them onthe boat Tel Seto add any
‘esr words o tt ist and Keep tei its,

Possible answers

TV stos: ars, spots gam sus scans ws,
ou os, al, Samar

‘us at sales. pas Le, o, st,
"o, tot, con

Foe a bra, pt, lt mi, es, gs, I
Sets graben

ang ae: ge o e moves, son al, 9a sm. 0
‘king eh

B
EZ, Proven he ask Ask Ssto look atthe chart. Read
=” the instructions aloud. Tell Ss Lo write her

favorite things rom her ss each column.

4 Vocabulary notebook

= Tells 0 turn to Vocabulary Notebook np 10 of
ir Students Books. Have Se do the tasks lass or
‘sign them for hamework (See he teaching notes on
Brio)

TS + Unit 9» Making ends

how to compare thelr charts, asktwo Seo read the
sample lo. Say, “When you and your partner ind
Something you have in common, wel a statement
aboutit for example: We boi seep avon me
meme”

= When pairs is eomparing their charts, call on
few pars 1 reportto he clas.

es
tench ae
rear rm at seven
cling memes
Sonate ‚Ss write the names ofall the
‘treater wh ares hate Calon a
oc En ea ean

€

IE, Preven and o ask Road the instructions

aloud Have Ss complete the sentences. When Se
Tinish, have them walk arde clas, reading helt
completed sentence o ei elasmats For each
Sentence, they should yo ind someone who feels
ame way ad srt hi orher mame next tothe

= Asksoveral to reporto ecos.

41. Unit Making ends

3 Building vocabulary

À Brainstorm! How many words can you think of for each topic? Make a clas list

B Complete the chart with your favorites from the class list. Compare
Then tell the class what you and your partner have in common,

ha partner

weekend actives

sleep late

A et on weet y y 9 6 vet

_Who has the same tastes as you? _

My es and diste Classmate who feels
the same way

1. Nant stand (ope of TV show)

2 Vol. (weekend actin)

3. ove to wear . fem of cthing)

4 dont ike too much. (colon,

5 Imnota an. (or)

6. hate - ype of food)

+1 can stand soap operas. How about you?” “I can't either.”

4 Vocabulary notebook Webs of words _ ge

‘See page 10 for a new way to log and learn vocabulary.

42. lingka.conversation

Which topics can you talk about when you meet someone lor he fist ie?
Check () the boxes below.

salary L your family the weather someone's appearance
yourheallh where youve your problems. things you see around you

2 Now sten. What are Eve and Chris talking about?

Ere Oo, i's cold tonight
Chis. Yeah, itis. But actualy, kind of
like cold weather.
Eve You do? Real? … Boy, there are
lot of people out here tonight

Yeah, it gets prety crowded on
weekends,

Eve Do you come here a lot?
is Yeah | do, actual

ve So are you a big hip-hop tan?
is Yeah, Jam. Are you?

Eve Actually, no, but my brothers in
the band tonight.

Chis Oh, realy? Coot... By the way,
‘my name’s Chis.
ve Nice to meet you. I'm Eve.

NOLÍCE how Eve starts a conversation with a stranger. She talks about
the things around them, tke the weather andthe club, and asks general
Questions. Find examples inthe conversation.

k Think ofa way to start a conversation for each situation. Compare with a
partner. Then role-play the situations. Continue each conversation as long as you can

You meet someone new at a party. The food is really good. “This food is delicious
Its a very hot day. You're just arriving ata new class.

heater. I's à cold day

3. You're in longline at a movie
4. You're working out at a new gym. The music is very loud,
You're in a new English

6. You meet someone during the break
6. You're at the bus stop on a beautiful day. Someone arrives and smiles at you

43. Unit 1 Mating friends

lesson C Do you come here a lot?

ED Lesson eee te simple rose

Was common tops start a comes?
Sing coran wastage a secondo: fon
Tange can b along. Ss are gan some rage fox
eso Sprites and apropia ige ay man
og à contrat or mor meer ss Language Notes
te Dg ls at)

= Suite sone Say, Lok xt the picture. Eve and Chris
are alli ogo ito aclu, They dont now each
‘ther ite three tage they can say to start
‘conversation Write y lts on the board (e. rs
od tonight Do you lik the band? De ou come ere a
tat.

A conan

1 Preven ok Ask St rend the eight topes Help
‘with ne voeabulary as needed Read the instructions
oud.

= Have Ss check (/) the boxes and then compare with
partner Check answers with the ass,

Answers
Hy wt yo, arg yo 204 you

Cuture note
‘When meeting someone fo the fst time, people often
sk "Where are you ftom” and “What do you dot”
Topics hat shoul be voided when meeting people
fot time are ag pi ander, Tix
‘ht shouldbe avoided im general ae salary and
appearance, especially someone's weight

Say, "No listen the conversation Whatare Eve and
Chris talking about”

= Pay th recording Hooks closed. sist.

1 Pa rrrig aan S sen and write afew words
bout what Eve and Cr ao talking about

= Have Ss compare thelr answers in pains. Check
Answers with hs ls. The wear Tse tonight
‘Things they see around nom: There ave ol people
‘utter tonight Taten musi: Are you a ip bop
Fan Names My names Chris. Tm Eve

= Faye org sa Seiten and rend along, Help
new vocabulary a needed.

= Testo lok at he conversation stares they
Suggested atthe start of the lesson Ask “Do Eve and

re use any ofthese conversation states? Which

“ones” ice any thatare the same.

Prat Tell eo practic the conversation in pales
Ang ums plain eh ole

1 Conversation strategy _ _ _—_—_—_—_——

= Pret Hoe Have ende formation aloud,
Ait on the board: uwarher, te lub, ener
questions. Soy "Find these nthe conversation” Call
Oma few Seto respond. ah Ob, cold tonight.
‘The clubs Boy thee are alot of people out here
tonight. Do you come here alot General queen:
Soare yo big hip-hop an

1 Preview be sk Say, “Read thei stations For each
ofa wa) to stata conversation” Read
and the example aloud,
a Dotto ak lav Se complete the task Have Ss compare
their answers in pas Aska ow Sto ead her

ees
ott Roan 8?

3 Ws edo tra! This me gta get re.
À. Do pou is cud mae?

5; Das war user ae?

À Hom on dove o tc?

a Write on the boa

‘A This food i delicious!
E

ska can Bay to continue this conversation?”
Fave Se cal idas, and write them on the board
(ex. 1 kno Ty the salad. Is amazing)

= Tel pais to act ou each situation. Remind Seo
‘continu each conteraton as eng as they can, Ask Se
{o write out one of thelr conversations, and then cll
‘one few ples to actthem out for the cas.

Eur cy pats

Fach pair writes a description ofa stuation where
peopl re meting forte ist time. (Ss can gt
eas rom Pat Pats exchange ther stations Ss
Ann pat then start conversation based on the
ation and continuo as ang they can,

Tel Ss to turn to Self Study Listening, Unk athe back
‘ofthe Students Hooks. Ag the tks for homework.

rave Sedo them in cass. (Seethe asks onp. F128and
{he audi serptonp. F132)

Unit» Making ends « T-6.

44. 2 Strategy plus _

Wy se Atay?

Acs very corr sok Ei. Poo uni ai
hit formalen y ao gis a o tsar
‘arp. Peal a Ue ny vato “pry” core
art pco. For mae toro 2 Lana ets te
Eepengal sun)

1 Fat amps Have Ss find the sentence with actualy
in Chris and Eve conversation on.p Ask tread
{he sentences loud Vire them on the board:

1. Bu actualy, kind of tke cold weather.
2 Yeah Edo, actual.

5 Actual no, but my brother the band tonight
Puse Sale Ps Read the information andthe A/B
‘conversation aloud. Have Ss repeat the convertion
Pont he board nd at, In sentence 1 why do
Chris use actual?” ive surprising information]

“Why does hese in sentence 2” to give new
Information] “Why dies ve use actualy n sentence
7" She wants o "orto ide hat she hi.
op an ahs not

= Pantin Carrera Books closed. Ask, “lacy
‘the top 100,200, or 300 words that people ee most in
conversation?” Say “Write your guess and then rea

he information find he answer, als your band it

A

= Prrie and oh lk Rend the instructions aloud,
ltr explain the meaning of oo forward (be
‘ected about something hats going to happen) Have
‘Sscomplee the ask Check answers with the cas:

ave pals of s read the starter and reponse,
Answers
ld zo fe 40 51 6

= TellSsto practice he conventions in pairs taking
turns playingesch coe
B
FRE, reve an ete as Rea the instructions land

LE Asko Seto model he example by reading
loud. Say, "Remember to use your awn ens

ol ples to ake ears starting the conversation.

li

steve statement about ir parts chat
"ley tbe tree. Tako hae o

Frans in JD oo

our fam dee havea Zn cc ar reads
a statement, end 2 corrects with actual (eg,
Aal, an only child. Actual, ne domi
“Aca, we have re TH).

ead the si conversation starten, and then sy,

“Listen forthe main a In each response you hea

‘Use the information to help you choose he correct
‘convereaton starter”

oy ecc Audi sept p. 7.298 Pause afer
‘he frst response Read the correct conversation
starter mumbered alud. Ask Which words help
Juu choose”. ait of people in here Lets
pen a window. I. pret warm Pay te rest of
the recording. pausing ater each esponseto give e

time to write the number. Do net eek answers at this
‘ime

Barmen
* Preven a Say Now nen othe complete
conversations Check ou answers oline”

= Paye ecc Audio sept. 7234 Pause alter
each conversation, and check the answers with the
as.

4 Free talk

Answers
[Boosh ne mese ret 198 nam
“Brn, Ta es 004

lisis get par

Dam jou street Says?
Alis ote ely oe?
Elantra one na. you?

Play receding agin Ss sen again and write one
factabout Sally fom each conversation. Pause the

recording aftereach conversation In ve Setime to

Answers

1. Says eater racers. Soe prime,
2 Say sols a or was

3 Say das ka. Ss gee att

4 Say wound ey god cone

5 Sayısa wir She rss magne.

8 Saye ok nd oe py te gua,

= Tal Sto turn to reo Talk
Students Books. Have So the
note on pi T10A)

7 Uni > Mating tends

(GRRE Assign Workbook pp. and 7. (The snswer key
begins on raum)

45. Uni 1 Makin ends

Youcanuse OR ‘You can also use actually to
actually NANA “correct thins people sy or ink.
da A So, you'e American?
surpris fom
acta mo Cara

Actual ls one of te op 200 vos |
IA Match each conversation starter with a response. =

Then practice with a partner.

1. Tike your jacket. _À
2. Do you come here by hust
3. Isthat your newspaper?

4. Do you like this class?

5. Do you live around here?

6. Boy, it's warm in here.

‘Actually, feel abit col.

Yeah. actually ook forward to it

No, I walk actualy. takes an hour.

Thanks. I's from Peru, actually

Um .… actually, no, t's not. Go ahead and take it
Yes, right around the corner, actually

B Pair work Start conversations using the ideas above, Use actualy in your
responses if you need to.

“ke your watch." “Thanks, lt was my grandíather', actually.”

3 Listening Sally's party

À @ Listen to six people talk at Sally party. Which conversation
starters are the people responding to? Number the sentences.

[1 Ar you a trend
of Salys?”

B @ Now listen to the complete conversations. Check
your answers. What do you find out about Sally?

4 Free talk Me too!
See Fela ate back of the book for more speaking practice.

“Tis sa great party.”

46. esson D

Making conversation

1 Reading ns -Y

A Which ofthese are good suggestions for social conversations?
Check () the boxes, Then tll the clas.

E] Don look at the other person. Have some good topics to discuss
LL Keep quiet when the other person is talking, Talk about yourself lo
Ask questions that start with whar, where, how; or when.

B Read the magazine article. What does it say about the suggestions above?
Do you agree with all ofthe ideas in the article?

ko imp :

ou tion skill s 2 imertinginformation, too. k
conversabi a a
NR and show you are interested in the other x
De you lke bo meet new people? Do you like to talk, : Y
ar are you shy? Whatever your answers, this guide Y
‘can help you improve your conversation skills. x
ree ss iad laca g

nam me .
something to say about weekends! 6 Ask information questions. Ask question: x

7" en

“Really? That's 3 x
Mec | Br

47. Less D Making conversation
1 Reading :

c 1 Sete reos Read the tie of son aloud. As
Wha des making conversation mean?” Get dene
fiom Seg, star conversation, agp a conversation
= Boing ano nx op).
= rite on te board Do ou ie meer new pe
Do ou lie talk ra jou shy? AK e Ss Ue o

= questions Encourage them ta sa more than jus yes
fo, Tell to take turns asking and answering tbe

o ‘uations in pair. Then have afew pairs share hel

e Answers with the dass.

= A

© Prereading

1 Provan e ask ead the instructions aloud. Ask
differen to red the ve statements aloud Make
Sure understand the meaning ofeach ite.

= Dot tak Have Ss check 6 the statements they think
re god suggestions

> = Road each sentence all Have S rasetheirhande

hey ink sa good suggestion. and ask, "Why do
ou think this a good suggestion!” Aska few Ss ho,
lo ot aise het bunds, "Why do you think this na
food suggestion?”

= Fotos Ssworkin pals and rte three more

= suggestions fr socal conversation. Then have afew

pals share their sentences th he class Wie hm
fn the board Se rl ther hands if they agree with
the suggestions. Leave he suggestions onthe board

en h
Ira sy ae
Set me)

a a
en

|

< B

na
chen:

tile, What's the article about” on lo improve your
conversation sil)

Uni] Ming ends

heading You can find out lt about te information

{nan rico ftom the headings. Read just he

Their. Compare them to the ens In Part A Which

ehe same?“

1 Tells to quickly read the headings and compare them

the Meas on the board. ave Se call out which eas
arte same, and ice them,

1 Say. Read al ofthe article What does say about he
‘gestions n Par A? Does agree or diagree wlth
‘ach suggestion? Make note of the Information and
‘the paragraph number nthe alo”

Da de read, Have Sea the article and make notes,
= After finish reading read euch suggestion in Part A
lud again, Fr each sk, "Does the ari age or
“isageve wit the suggestion?” Call on Seto answer

ná give the supporting information fom the ario.

Answers

Dora Dor persan Tai ages. Pa 3
Be à non. Kae ya.)

pe renee person's aig Te aile
sagen. Cara, es me Um
‘Rigs and hr”. eres pop i)

Ask gueto tn wi wha Re a
‘ale agrees, ara Ask mater ests)

tv some poa stes o us: The tie ares
(Pag 1: ar some pls acy tos este.)

Ta tt uch Te alt ares. PE 5
Dee ms)

Dot red again Sy, “ead the ale again. Do you
‘gre ith all ofthe cas inthe article? ile any
Suggestions you disgree ith”

Have eu the article again and complete the ask
(Check answers withthe lass havea ew S end dir
Ausser and give thelr reasons (eg, don age wi
Suggestion number 8: Smile. Sometimes [den want o
‘ie

Foto tea the article and underline thre words
or exprésions they think are useful to know. Ask Ss
{o callout hose word or expressions Explain the
mcaning as necessary

1+ Making heads + TB

48. c

Postesdng

1 Provew et Head the instructions alo, Ak
diferent 850 read cach of the sx entences lod.
‘Make sre Ss understand what they ac looking fr
(For five tems, Se look for answers in the are. For
lone, Ss make a choice using el mon dens)

= Do ie tas TellSsto find and write down the
information from the atico Have Se compare tir
‘answers in pais. Check answers eit the ees

Possible answers

|. Ans tp a conan: crest ma est
‘pons

2. At example lan ton gas" if 98 do
yume

3 Apps ou wel ie ty Ss coca ar our
ooo

2 Speaking and writing --
A

= Proven sk Say, “The article on page Bie "now
o" article. gies suggestions about ho to improve
something Here ate some other how 1 opie Read
the topic heads an the examples lod, Tell Sto
brainstorm ideas or each ofthe thee opi

= Date ok Have pat wre down her den,

= Chock answers with the cas: vie thee opis on
be board. Call on thice pales o wie one set after
ideas under each category Have other pais al out
‘ditional ideas toad the te.

B

= Proview ck Read the instructions loud. Tel St
read he example ari. Then ask Seto think of one
‘more sentence foreach numbered heading Have afew
SE share ther ideas ith theta

Proc ep oe Read the information sow

beginning ofthisunie)

3 Talk about it

1 Pres he at Read the nstrctons slo. Have
diferent Ss ask you he question

1 Dot tas Have sin groups take turns asking and
answering the questions. ave Se note Ihe answers
from that group. As they tll yo around the cles
and ep needed. Encourage’ to use English ony,
‘When groups nis, el So lok at their notes and
nd te most common answers

1 Follnup Groups report her answer about ach
question othe class (eg No one in te group starts a
‘conmersaton ha range, but ww aura

9 + Unit = Making nds

A A questo son poa ers er perso Ho
sou jour

$ Samah ja can at son ou tres Hen.”
"Uns Ih teat? Tats mea

6 Something sy samen sts pa aut quest T4
ater nay" Oh Dim sean nov D

1 Folowup few Ss say which suggestion in the reading
‘hep would tke to y and why

Esta act - pairs
Ss call out intresting conversation topics. Wie
them on the bod. Pain some one ofthe toi to
ave a short conversation about no more than rt
seconds) A few parsact out ther conversations tor
{he lass The class resto guess which suggestion the
patrisusing

= Books closed, Write several sentences ram the
“example arc or reading on the board with missing
puntuacion. For example"
ee ee contact an tay es hm ih right and
nou
9 tcf shops bookstores cu and sort conos
‘ak questions te wha do you don your fre tine oF
what Kind of od do pu tke
Have $s copy the sentences and athe punctuation.
‘Check answers withthe class: have aw Se rte te
‘corrected sentences on the board
= Date tat Have Se vere her articles using one ofthe
topics from Par A Tel hem 0 use atleast three of
{thee dens in Part Aand wie alas to sporting
‘sentences foreach one. As they write goaround the.
‘ass aná help as needed.
= Folowup Ss workin groups and read one anothers
articles. Each group decides who as wihten the est
‘cmos interesting advice. That Sin each group reads
His or her article othe class.

Extra sty = class
Sswork nthe same groups. Give each group a
number. Each gp makes recommendations to the
‘other groups based onthe information thes reportes
acto the iss eg. Group sad. We eter sar
‘eontersaion with stranger” We suggest hy have
Some topes oud o start nero).

{GE sign Workbook pp wands. rhe answer key
begins onp.T 248)

49. Uni Making Ios
© Look atthe article again. Fi

ind these things. Then comparo with a partner.

1. an interesting topic of conversation 4. a question to show you're interested inthe other person
2. an example ofan information question 5. something you can say to show yout listening,
3. a suggestion you would like to ry 6. something to say ifsomeone asks you «difficult question

___2 Speaking and writing How to improve your .....

A Pair work Brainstorm ideas for each topic, and make notes.

Goou Be Pienaly,
Take up a stort er hobby. — ——
SS

How te improve your social life. How to improve your English | |

B Choose one ofthe topics above, and use your ideas to write a short
magazine article like the example below.

He mi
Tov ings our Seca set

Do you ec lonely? Do you ant to make new frends? Punctuation
Here are some ideas to help you. + Usa a CAPTAL liter to sat sentence
+ Use a comma (before qutaton

mans (4 >) andi ts.
2.Goou ala. Go t coe shops, bookstore, habe, à pre
and ports event. Try o start conversation ith, SEA (a amd cin |

pong arcade | Statement anda question mark (2)
athe endo questo,

__3 Talk about it Friendly conversation

Group work Discuss the questions. Find out about your
classmates’ conversation styles.

1. Be friendly. Talk people a schol and work, Sil
snd sy, "Hi. How ate you? to new people

Do you ever start conversations with strangers?
Do you think it’s odd when a stranger talks to you?
Are you a talkative person?

Do you think you talk too much?

Are you a good listener?

‘Are you usually the “talker” or the listener"

» What do you like co talk about?
> What topics do you try to avoid?

50. Vocabulary notebook _

It done for homework

rief present the Learning Tip and the ask directions.
Make sure Ss understand what they need todo,

IH done in class

1 Present eating Tip Read the information aloud
Explain he meaning of word web by choosing 8
tople eritingiton the bord, and having Sete dec
Load othe web. Say. "Word webs are good way tn
‘organize vocabulary: They are ke 2 wor picture of
‘Similar things ke Kinds food They can help you
remember words that are related mor cal"

ED This task recycles the vocabulary for elo and
Food

= Preview ad one tt Red the instructions and
‘example aloud. Have Ss,

‘Compete the webs. ave Ss
compare thet word wes
pales

= Check answers the
ass: copy the wo ord
webs an the Board Hate
{oro Sil nen weh

sosners
en a tt mt a he a pe
Feat ia eee
Su Es =
es a —
2 12 New maha wnt wit bc and Vo Wren epee
ED mistakrertes e is

Socabulary lor iypesof TV
Shows and colore.

1 Pre ande sk Read
Ihe imiructons loud. &

Look at the word web or
‘olor Write the name of
Color, and then wre ae
Sentence about that co
Dothe same or TV shows
Have Se complet the webs

1 fer Ss nis, have thers
‘compare their webs ln
pala ding ein
Sentences to each oes

Mendes

=D

FT + Unit 1» Making riendo

On your own

= Prsa 0 Yor On Read the infomation loud.

1 Fa A the tartofthe next cass, pur sin smal
Sentences alud. When the groups

ters ofthe alphabet (8) Ss who

arte sentence with that eter stand up and read it

lou.

ren
a

1 | |

51. etalk1_

= redee trote Bco tr AAA

Students Books and lok at re Talk. Rea the {ead the example convertion ald apar
instructions loud. Coms answer nee om ours goon the
ets Have Se true as oe questions, MANN"

Theta ne ee tea «fry Socal etnias
classmates tea sound ae foutaboutaclassmate. |

Se ame a re or her nase nthe

= E

hse te

a
e
a
a
A
O
a
o
O
O
a
a
5
a
O
a
e
O
@
o
o
@
a
A
e
e
o
a
a
®
a
O
O
®
o
a
©
Q
a

52. Unit
2 Interests Language notes

Lesson A Leisure time

Grammar Vet ms
(See Students Bookp. 13)
This san focuses on ve forms after otr veros
‘Thelesson eviews the modal verb can ¿can Hala
ee the vers loves, hate, prefer would Ike with
{ollowing finies md presents the use ofthe ing
form (gerunds after them. Celso presents the ing or
(gerund) ster prepositions
Farm
can! cant

subject an eames base form ofthe verb

Haan sing Tea dance
1 lve the hate, prefer, would ke

subject + ove lke hate par would e+ to

‘et finie)

Like ove hate spend money.

Upfront videos.

1 ler a Language.
1 Love le hat, prefer enjoy

subject + ov, ke, hare enjoy prof

ecu)
‘ke Tove hate enjoy singing,

(See Student's Hook p14
Sslearn the nemes offrent types of must, The word
music can be added ater most types (elke rock or
Tike rock musi), However ti not usally ded to Jaze
tap? Mp hop When musics alte th subject othe
Conversor, people generally sy, fo example ie folk
nd las

Speaking naturally Sag se

(See Students Book p14)

‘The exercise contrats falling nd rising intonation in
Statements in heh people se isting ems

= The: Is ere contain it of types of mse

The statements that are comple or finished have
falingintonation.

= The statements that ae not complete or not finshed
ave ing Intonaton, Rising intonation nugget hat
thespeaker may have more to say.

Grammar aye: roman
(See Student Hook p15)

‘Sshnow the subject pronouns yo he and
ey In this lesson, dey learn the objet pronouns: me,
a im Per, us, and he

= Prepostions
Alter proposons, ute the ng form.
To drain cartoons.

Use

Verbs olloing love, ite, hat, and prefer ean be ether

10 base rm (o Inti) or verb + ing gerund),
Tos er more common

Corpus information

Wenn +

= ter ite ve, and hate the waives
Been two ande ines ore common than
Abeto. Tesi orm more ike ater
non people ak about actives oa woking
du, The 1 le ote en sprint
Such oi sean Al ca sand
{bet tate sony ay ore common than
‘in

= pr ota in rer eigh times more
que sed than pre eb ing or
pound

* Instatements, subject pronouns usually
the verb objet pronouns usually come
preposion,

= Because obec pronouns are not normally stesied,
the vowels are reduced. Also, the othe pronouns
him and er nor pronounced andthe da hem is
sometimes dropped People say ie hin as Nay!
nd ike her say. They Say Le dhe as!
or avion

Grammar ready eee noto m ae

ierybdy everyone and nobody no one re pronouns.
When ey arene as take angl
vet: Everybody les pop music. They ee also uses
Object: cum hrar vera int and.

Corpus information -sogy vs ane

= Every ad nobody are more fequent in
Conversation than coronando ne.

1 erjune an noone re more common in
Dwspapers a other writen text.

53. Lesson CL really like making things.

oe)

)

=») ss» ele)

SSB

BB

Conversation strategy Saigon er way
(See Students Book p16)

“Thislesson extends the strategy ofsaying more than yes
or no taught in Touchstone Level 4, Uni Lesson Cult
focuses on ho to reply ira amar while Keping a
Fendi tone tote conversation

À Do you day our sors?

8 lo ui my be wok ne sara

Use

In friendly conversation, people often ty to find hing
in common or arcas af agreement. Ihreor, they often
ad comments or explanations as ways 1 soften"
‘ep.

‘Strategy plus ety
{See Sues Book p 17)
Ose
1 People use realy to make the menning of verbs,
adjetivos, and aver stronger”
“rely ike =k ita
mal good. very good,
Yo play ral wel. = You pay very wel.
= Ia negative statement eallyafte natcan ago
“often ess
dnt aa ket. = 1 don mue
Tm no ab ino sports,
“par.

© Lesson D Hobby groups

555)

>

SPEARS

Help note Lin as
(See Student's Book p19)

“The Help Not reviews the conjunctions and, bu, nd
‘because, which were taught in Touchstone Level (ee
Units anda, D lessons)

Ideas in aiematve sentences are added by using and
listen o muse, and ie moves,
= In negative sentence, tens are linked by or
dont ike a or rok musi

Compare this with realy before the negative:
“really don ike ches = hat chest
nro not eres in sport
‘al.
= Intnformal spoken gli, speakers often we eat
Instead of real to stengihen adjectives and adverbs
(eg, Her surater oa eal beutiful. instead of Her
water was ly bel Many people consider
thistobelncoree.
Atrea
People often xy no ral when they mean noto answer
questions such as Do ou ke port? Do you havea lot
hoi sounds Soler” o less diet Uan simply
psg ne.

Corpus information et

ea ls one ofthe top 50 words KI about en times

‘more frequent in conversation than in newspapers

And other written texts eal solowed by a verb in.
most 4 percent of eases an adjetivo In 2 percent,

Sandan adver in5 percent

Im no intersted

= the adver alo (= (nation usualy comes before à
main ver, rate be
ala like books Fm ato into muse

1 The adver especially particulary) emphasizes one

ke sports. especial tennis

Language notes + Unit 2

54. Interests

sch this wit opening page together at Lesson A no iss para

Inde te here fw
{odoin your fee time.

Say “This unit about interet
al on several $s o name an interest ora hubby. Hep wih nes vocabulary as needed Write

nd hobbies. Interests and hobble a

things that you ke

SS responses on the board (eg. paying sport cooking mus sung ener. reading playing musical inrumen)

In Unit 2, you learn how to.....

Vet als Read the unit ems aloud, Tl Sto ste and
read along

Before you begin .....

rta a pace types Read the magazine tiles
aloud, and have repeat. Weite onthe board: ras!

‘ona Budget and Cooling Made Easy Ask, "Ae these

magazines useful or any ofthe interest on te board

‘Which ones?" In, ave Se name the Interests they

relate 0 (ave, cooking Wrke the answers onthe

board under the appropriate ies

Tels o workin pin, matching the other magazine

testo the interests onthe boar. Explain that not

very magazine may have an Interest on te board

‘When there isnt an interest on the board fore

magazine. ave Se name a interes oF tuo fot

1 Check answers withthe clase wre the remaining
magazine tiles one board. Have Se say the interests
Aout which each magazine might have information.
‘Wri dhe responses under the appropiate te

@D Recycle roma This ark recyces would ik (0) as
à pale form of wan This grammar point rech
feo Tchat 1, Uni 12, Lesson B)

= Have S look a Before You Begin. Read the directions
Alou. Model the tsk by answering the questions
‘ourself (eg. eto by Cooking Made Easy
because to have diner parties for my fends)
Callan fr Ss o answer te questions.

TA «Uni «Interest

tra actnty - lass
‘Sslook through Unit2fora minute and find the
ames olive interests orhobbles at ae not onthe
board, Ss can look on pp 11-4, 16-1). Have a few Ss
Callout aci they found. Add mo th it
onthe board

= Have Ss ork in par, telling each other which
magazines they would buy and why Asksererl to
report on ther partners holes.

a Folow up Ask “Who would ik to buy raton:
Budge Base yout hand. Weite the number on
Board. Repest thls with ce other magazine tes,
Then have callout the names of the magazines in
order from most popular least popular

‘stra activity = groups
storm small group. Each group chooses secretary
fotnke notes. Group member think ue many other
pP zine as they an in two minutes Group
es end thei ists loud (eg, gardening
‘icing, gol womens, news, muse Computer art
Science: The group with the highest number wis.

€

000

OOO’

55. l you
use different verb forms.
use object pronouns, and the pronouns everybody and nobody.
‘alk about your hobbies, interests, and taste in music.
say no in a friendly way.
use really and not really to make statements stronger or softer.

56. College News

Meet our new reporter for the College News.

‘The College News interviewed Eric Kane, our new reporter.
Eric is a full-time student majoring in journs
him about his hobbies.

what are @ CN:

O College Ne
‘your hobbies?
Eric Kane: Well, 1 enjoy writing. EK: Yeah, I play the saxophone,
ike to do abit of creative writing and 1 can play the piano a Title,
every day —inthe evenings most. but not very well Td like to play

Someday 1 want wre «novel, in a Ja band or something And
In for ow is just bay. Tike ing, bt ely can sig
tal
3 oc.
Lets ss, what ce? Wel, 1 E Not eli prefer to wach EX Yeah, act do nw fall

design card. Im good at drawing, sports on TY. [like to play pool me ~ learn new skills, you
and Im really into computer Is that a sport? 1 guess 1 jog know. I'm really excited about
graphics, so T sit and learn new occasionally. But I hate going to writing forthe Collage News
programs, and I play around with che gym and working out.

them.

| Getting started

A @ Listen to Eric answers in the interview above. What are the questions? =
Number he questions, und add ehem to the interview, 9
Are you good Are yowinteresidin | [| Cam you play a musa >
sports? ternig new tings? | |_ | insu? | o
- ‘What else do you enjoy What are your — 9
| ing in your rc ime? hobbies?
B € Listen to the complete interview. What does Eric lke todo? What does he hate doing? 9
FASS © Can you complete these sentences with verbs? Which sentences are true for you?
Tella partner. >
1. ean the piano 3, Tenjoy tome
2. like WonsonT. 4. mot good at____new computer programs

2

57. la]
1 Getting started RR EEE

0019 (pee) lee)

55535353

bo be

)

ne)

lessonA Leisure time

= Seto zos Read the lesson tile aloud. Ask. Whats
other way say Lure ime” fre timo]

= Say "Lookat the newspaper What's it called?”
Calle Nes! Read the introduction t the article
Slo Ask Sto read the article and underine any
Vocabulary they arent sure of Help with new
"cabal a needed.

‘= Tels to coer the tasks below the newspaper
rele. ak so fead paragraph and the example
‘question Say "What ee questions do you think
Iiterviewer asks Eric Read each paragraph again and
fess the question” Write Ss Mens on the bound.

A win

= Pave sk Read the Instructions aloud. TS,
ead the ve questions

= Pa recrdg S sen and rend along, Pause the
recording after the fr paragraph, Pint othe
‘example May the es ofihe recording, Ss re Le
‘numbers inthe boxes.

2 Se compare answers in pats Check answers with the

Answers
Dre you gard at prs?

LE ar you etd nearing gs?

LE Campa iy a musica ester?

[2 wat es co on ny gin youre tine?
Eat ar yoortttes?

= Fa Ss compare the questions in Part with hele
predictions on te board 1 es how many are corre.

BP corm

' Preview ne ok Read the instruction lou. Ask Ss
Fo ver the newspaper ario. Draw two column.

iar with te following headings on the board Eric

Mies" à rie hate ave ScopyUbe char. Tells
tolisten and complete he chart

= Foyt rer Ss ste and wrt.

= Have Se compare their answers in ples. Check
Answers withthe class uve afew Ss cach write one
‘city on the board under te correct column,

ot 2 terest

Answers
‘es ce wig are computer gap Mas 809
la score. Mees owen sons en TV and
fly od. He est ba ew tings. Ei has gag tote am
ar mica.

3

Fi Prien de esk Wren one column on the
Fes board: can, hato enjoy, god a. Say “Look at
the article and find and underline these words Cle
the wor hat comes after each one Wet lik onthe
board Sey Lock at he aii and find and underline
like, Cirle het words that come ae ike”

1 Do Ue ak Have Ss complete the sentences Remind Ss
10 use he words hey underlined and circle to help
hem Haves comparo their answers in pars, and
‘then check answers withthe class

Answers
1 Lem ly ia

2. Van Dust wing ste TA

A Lenape m mu.

À Im ns pco amg re core props.

1 Llave stella partner which of the sentences are ue
forties or hr Alternatively S read each sentence 1
thelr partners, adding or removing negatives make
the sente true for him or er

= Foes ote fom Say. “Look rt aril and sentences
In Part B,What vero form ised after can ad ca
Mase orm "What about after lie and Ke” o +
‘seb (or alive) Ate Tha you an use te fo +
‘vet, but what does Ere say ve ngl "What form
‘comes after enjoy” eno + ing “How about good a
fe + gl

= Say. "Vers such as eu, He nd enjoy folla cegula
pattems. he same kindof ver form always comes
fer them The same run for phrases ike god at”

xtra ai pars
Suseche five questions from Part At interview
‘thee partner. Se make ri nots of thelr partners!

answer. few Ss report one fact about thelr partner
tones

Unit 2 «Interests» T-12

58. 2 Grammar r

oma

= Presente grammar chart Pay che recording Se sen
and repeat

= Usderstne he grammar Tl Sto ook atthe fist
column nthe chart. Ask, at the pattern for verbs
with can or cant” loan ean yer)

1 Say, “Laokat he second column. Whats the pattern
focthese vers? love / tke hate prfer would ke
infinitivo = ver) Ask "What's the pattern in
the thi column?” flo like hate prefer Feo +
Verb. ing’ Ask. "What verbs are in bar columns,
{wo ed thee one ae prefer Exp
meanings ofthe sentences with those ers ane the
Same in both columna

= Preset in Conversation Books closed. Write onthe
‘board: o 4 verb and veo ing ASA o gues whlch
|S more common ln conversation.

= Books open. elo end the information to find
‘the answer. Point out chat the biggest ference in
‘numbers o people who use te two form fer,
and the malt difference Is afte love

"Ask Seo look at grammar chart agai. Sy: "Look
athe cots right. When a vel comes after
&preposhlon for example ar non ar N
aps the inform” (or more information, see
Langage Notes athe Dig ofthis un)

A

Pre te ask ead the instructions and te example
aloud Ask, "Why ihe the correct answer? IL
‚comes after can and cas followed by the base fora
ofthe ver

3 Survey __ vite

ask partner Tell Ss tt questions shoul
{he verbs fom the chart

Have Ss compare their answers in par. Check
answers wil the clas: ak fe Sto read the two
“Questions they added. ask other So write them on
‘he bord,

Answers
Can yu whe?

Doyo ey ng?

ou os sag?

Do os a/a ora ares?

Can sin?

An you rss ng amattaten ca?

Do Jouer Del cg se rat and?
os Kara mar at?

8

A, Prom ttt Read the instruction loud. ASK

LSS?” epatroto read the example conversation
sou

CD Muerto comerstn sale Encourage Sto use
“actual her answers when they van to give new

A: Canon whe?

1: es, Lean actual. sometimes white when wal
toda).

= Dot as Have pairs ask and answer te questions
rom Part A. As Sedo the ash, yo around the cats and
ep as needed

A

1 Preview te a Read the instructions alud, Ask So
ead the survey: Point ou the fire line of the survey
and the corresponding example question and answer
below Call on a few SS 1 supply te correct question
foreach tem onthe survey before doing the tak ef
‘Are ou a grd dancer D yo ke vo read rie
poetry

= Date sk Have Ss walk around the cas, asking and
"answering the questions Remind Ss to make notes
ike tose in he example.

= Pain ado the task Rend he Instructions andthe
«sample aloud, Cal on afew Sto tell the clase about
Son thes ist

' Follows Ask, "Did you find someone who ia good
dancer Rise your band. As hands a ense Se ho
‘were unable o find anse add name to heir
‘surveys Continue asking about the est the items
onthe li.

TA + Uait2 «interests

(GS Assign Workbook pp. 10 and 1, Th answer key
begins np. 1288)

59. = B Pair work Ask

A Complete the questions and add two more.
1. Can you_whisHle _ (whistle)?

2. Do you enjoy. (cook?
‘Are you good at (sates?

4. Doyou tke (play) board games?

5. Can you wim?

6. Are youinterestedin (join) a meditation class?

7. Do you prefer (exereis) alone or with friends?

8, Would youlike (learn) a martial art?

as nee a

Le = 2

answer the questions. Give your own answers.

ait 2 Iris

“Tike love ate = verb + ing.
RS 0.
LL)

BER in...
LE

HE bateo
MA

0 A Can you whistle?
0 Mat very well. What about you? Can you whistle?

© A Class activity Ask your classmates about their interests and hobbies. Make notes.
O What are your interests? a

> ‘Find someone who... Mame

“Marta, are you a good dancer?”

B Tell the class about someone on your ist
“Marta isa good dancer. She likes to dance the tango.”

“Yes, am. ke to dance the tango.”

B

60. 1 Building vocabulary

A @ Listen, Number the types of music you hear. What other kinds of music do you know?

| pop muste

&

4 country music,

| tok must 2
ii

Mur B Complete the chart with the words above. Add ideas. Then compare with a partner.

rock music

“Jove rock musle." “Yeah, 1 do 100. And love pop.

2 Speaking naturally Saying lists
Jim What kinds of music do you like?

E | Si te A

A @ Listen and repeat the sentences above. Notice that Sam's lists complete,
but Sylvia's list isnot.

Pur B Class activiy Ask your classmates Whar kinds of music do you like? Take notes,
EEE wnat are the thee mos popular answers?

61. LessonB Music
1 Building vocabulary

= Sette ceso Books closed, Say, “This lesson Is about
music" Ask te lass several questions such a, When
‘do yo ten 10 muse Where do ou listen o mse Is
music Important our ASK Se hey go o concerts
nds, who their avorte bands are. (nr mote
Taformation see Language Notes atthe beginning of
cs)

Aminen

2 Preview he task Books open. TellSsto look atthe
pletures Road the names ofthe types of mse lou,
And ave Se repost Say, “Now listen and number the
‘types of muse you hear

= Poy recrg Audio seip p. 235 Sa item and
uber places.

= Pay recarga S sen and check thelr
Answers Replay again necessary Have Ss compare
deter pire

1 Pay o recrig aula Check answers with the elas:
replay the recording pausing aer each excerpt for Ss

Answers

Dios mt Dona ese
Anitepanden (diem
Slroomse Han
leas ma Bum mse

2 Speaking naturally

Unit 2 Interests

Extra vocabulary: uns of mese
Pres rave Ss suggest extra vocabulary or muse,
Such as Blues, chamber dco, fst, grunge heavy

‘meta opera, punk, rege, hyn and blues sow
nes and tradicional

B

[SEL Proven and o at Rend th column headings

LÉ aloud Selisten and repeat.

= Read the instructions aloud Point ou the example.
Have Se complete the chart with ideas rom the sts on
the Board or new ide.

= Have Se compare thelr charts ple. Ak two Seto
read the example conversation aloud allan a fe
‘Sito tell the class Unir musi likes and dikes. Ask
‘ter So also thelr hands if they ec same way

= Folrap Books closed. Se work witha partnerand
‘write nu many Kinds of new they can inane
‘inate. Then afew pais write tet ist on the board

À € coma

1 Preview te ak Tell Se to look atthe question and the
{oro answers. Ask foro explain the meaning ofa st.
Isevra tems in the same category, said one after the
‘othe

= Say “When people say sts in English, the intonation
‘ses each ter in he is, and falls on the lst tem.
When you her fling intonation, you know thelist
‘complete you dont hea falling mont, means
thelist snot complet”

= Read the instructions aloud. Say.
0 whether the Intonation
Sam and Sylvia sentences

= Pay te recording Ste

= Pa rc agin Sister and repeat

[EL rx et tend ihe irn aod 50

Listen the inonauon falls onthe las kind of

muse your eassmate names. the Intonation rss,
you can ask, What let"

stem carefully
or falls atthe end of

= Do task Give the clas time mier the ask. ave
S walk around the cas, aking and answering he
‘question, and making notes.

+ ave So hare their information inal groups Each
¡soup chooses ascreary. Sa: “Read your answers
{othe group Eich ind ol mus gets one pont Alter
‘dl the group mernbers ead the its, the vere
‘counts the points” Aska from ech group (nor the
Secretary) 1 read the theee mot popular answers
‘lou Wit the resuls onthe board

Eur ze aia

Pals compare thelr answers from the chartihey
completed Bxereie 1, Par Hand make iss of
tus tastes hey have in common. Pals then find

Tel ais en to vallas intonation a
vo ts with ising intonation. The athe pair says
which ists were complete und which were not.

Unit 2+ Interests + T-14

62. 3 Building language

1 sotto sano Tel Sto guey look through
conversation, After fiteen seconds sak,
‘conversation about” anew (oca band

A € cor mar

1 Proven te at Books closed. Say Alex and Carl re
listening «song, What does Cara think of te band?
Listen and wet or opinion

iy rca Ss sen and write the answer. Ask
Teseo read their answers loud Wee the answer.
fn te board

= Pay src agin Books open Ss listen, read
along, and cheek their asser. Check antes with
the class (They e prety good. shelikes the lend
Singer he's not sue about ehe guy.

= Pace Tell to practice the conversation in pats,
taking runs playing each ole,

B

E > Prem ak We eran hin on
Fe the bord. Say "Find these words inthe

‘conversation and cre chem." Ask, "Whol her [the
lead singer "she lad singer aman ora woman?”
woman Ask, "Who is him?" the guy]

1 Dothetak Say, “Think of the names ofa male anda
female singe you know. Use ther to compete the fst
Sentence in each conversation "Check answers wilh
heels.

Answers
1.4 Wat you kot ao a ge?
nenn
2 À Dojos hn (ame oem se?
1 Wo lotion e

1 Foca ono uso Say Him and her ae objet pronouns.
‘What subject pronounsare ike them” he, he]

= Say, "Now aka partner the questions. Give yourown

Severe Scope eae
4 Grammar ES =
Some seo o eye” ery “Wht abo
= Present the grammar chart Play the recording, Ss listen. ech ee Rb
E

* Unterca te grammar Books closed. Write in column
on the board, ou, She he we they Say, “These
ro subject pronouns” Now wr second column:
so hom eh. Sa, "These are objet

For every subject pronoun, here an object

Toll Ssto match each object pronoun with the correct
subject pronoun. 1/ me you you, she her, he m,
le we! us they chem,

= Write onthe boar:
Y. A he students are hee today.
2 Therearen students here today.
A Nobodys her day. nei here today
1 Euh de hero day. Everyones her today,
Ask, “Docs À or Bave th same meaning as,
sentence 11] “What about sentence 21" Al
Say "What

Sa “low about the verbs

Insentenees 4 aná T° (They singular Explain,
“When everybody everyone nobody, or no ones the
subject always use sngular verb

1 Preset In omrsaton Have Ss rea he information
Silently Ask, "Which do people say more often,

5 Vocabulary notebook

A

1 Preview an oth ast Read the instructions and the
sample ald, Have Ss complete the questions and

= lave ss exchange books, check answers, and make

any corrections: Check answers withthe cles
Answers

AR Bt LA 5 ty
ZAmm 2 Emmen — S.A tem 8 lo
SAR Em

= Haves practice he conversations in pair

8
“ad, Pretende to tsk Read the instructions

“i= alud o model the task ask par of Seo read
‘he example conversation, Tell Seto use thelr own

= Tell sto tum Vocabulary Notebook o p20 oftheir
Students Books. Have e

TAS + Unit 2+ Interests

(> Assign Workbook pp 12and 13. Te answer key
Degins on p.248)

63. Unit 2 Interests

o A @ Listen. What does Cara thi

of the band? Practice the conversation,

Alex Listen. What do you think of his song?
© Carla tes good = Like Wa is

e Alex À new band … some local guys. Do you like them?
= Carla They e local? Really? They te pretty good. Who's the
= lead singer? like ber. She sounds like Mariah Carey.

Alex Yeah, everybody says that. I's my friend Lori
Carla Who's the guy singing with her? Tm not sure about him.
o Alex Uh... actualy, thats me. Im in the band, too.

be (pal B Complete the conversations. Then ask a partner your

questions. Give your own answers.
© à whatdo you think ot (malesingen? — @ A Doyouknow {female singen?
B Alike —— 3 No,1 don't know

=
2
2 A Complete the questions with object pronouns. Complete the
2 answers with everybody or nobody: Then practice witha partner.
2 1. A Listen to hip-hop allot. Do yaulisten to _ it _, too?
is B Yes. Everybody in my schoo! listens to hip-hop.
à 2. A Ricky Martin - he was on TV lat night. Do you know 3
® B Ofcourse 1 do. knows Ricky Martin.
à 3. A Ldom'e really like classical music. Do you ever listen
2 Yes, but with earphones - ‘in my family likes it
> 4. A Mike Alicia Keys. She's a good singer. What do you think of 7
9 3 Ob, almost isa fan of Alicia Keys.
5. A My favorite band is Coldplay. think they're great. Do youılike
> 3 Yeah. They're the best. plays rock ike they do.
C B Pair work Practice again with your own ideas.

“sen to pop music à fo. Do you listen tot 100?” “Yes do. link everybody Hikes pop music.”

___5 Vocabulary notebook | really like to sing!

- See page 20 fora nev way to logand learn vocabulary.

15

64. LC really like making things.

1 Conversation strategy Saying no in a hiendly way
À What can you add to this answer to make it sound friendly?
Ao you hae any Boies?

B ho.

. i Watt What are you kniting, Sarah?
© Now listen. What hobbies do Sarah and Mat! have?

Sarah sweater. I’ fr my brother.
Matt Nice. Do you make a lo of things?
Sarah Yeah. | really enjoy kaiting. I guess.
its my main hobby. Do you have
any hobbies?
t Um, no. 1 don't really have much a
time for hobbies. But 1 Tike lo
lake photos. Do you do any
photography?
Sarah No, nat really, um … lim aot realy
into photography. {preter kiting,
‘sewing, really hike making
‘ings. But Yd love to see your
pictures sometime.
Oh, well, bave some on my
computer. Stop by my desk alter
lunch, and can show

Sarah and Matt ay more han justo when “Um, no. 1 dont real have
They want to be Wendy opie, Luc time or hobbies But
say more Find examples inthe conversation. ike to.

B Match the questions and answers. Then practice with a partner.

A i eee gan
en E al Pm ary due
3 Aro posteo cool Noda A fa liza coloso ou
à Areyouinio photogapiyr de Wel n0.1 dont evn havea camera
>, Can goukmivorcomar, O can sat uve alocado ie
6. Do ou calle anything? 1. Rotreall but keto ake cakes and things
o o St aka is man man
ar” © Pair work Ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers. NES
‘Do you have a Jot of hobbies?” “Hot really, but I enjoy shopping pl

16

65. ele olelololelolole o1e 4

)

DOOODODODODIDO

Unit 2 Interests

Lesson € | really like making things.

ED Lannes ver om ato At, eno pele, oot he, and repens, as we a ames of hobbies an tres.

1 Conversation strategy

May sy sl ten way?
Tos erro used y Ese a asu ca sand as eve,

rado Bocas, pop ong more rane to
‘oe ft comwrsan any ar ai. (Fo no omar.

Se Langage Hoes atte bor ois nt)

1 Sette eet Read he tie of he lesson aloud, Ask
Ss Fey or anyone they know makes things and it
fo, at Write the words on the bose. When S are
Finished he els to besito any additional
‘vocabulary they ean think oor things people make,

À 6 çor me

1 Pres he task TS to rend As question in the AB
Conversation. Say. "What an you syto make the
se au rend” aka few Sor er eas,
and wre em on he board

Possible answers
Porta to ro tn,
ney ay yy buy in seiner

"Ask so ead the A/B conversation in pars. Tell Bo,
ss anansworan Ihe board or hs or her own des
Say, Now listen tothe conversation. What hobbies do
Sarah and Matt have?™

= Pay rc Books closed. Site.

Play rc opin Sssten and write Mat and
Sarah hobbies

Puy rs again Books open Ss litn, read
long, andeecktheranswere Check ners lth
he class. Saas biie. kalting estos (making
‘ngs: Mars hobby: photography

Mesh new vocahalary a need

+ Pattee Read the information aloud, Aka
o end the example ven, Ask "What the other
‘carpe e conversation” (No, mot really, un.
‘im not ellyino photography 1 prefer knitting,
seeing. |

= Pas ‘Tel So practice he conversation in pairs,
‘aking tums paying each oe

= Proview he tsk Have S read the questions and
answer il with new vocabulary a needed. ay,
"Xow match the questions and anewern= o model
she task ask to So ead question 1 adits answer
alu

1 Do De ast Have Ss math the remaining
answers. Check answers wih he elas ask p
to each eada question and an answer aloud

Answers
Ma 3h. do RG se a

= Followup Ss take urns askingand answering the
‘questions in pair S reads each question, and 52
reads the sre

la

ve pin and

ILES" answer the questions fon Part using their
‘on information. Remind Seo say more than yor
rol bel answer

Entra act = pars
Si ehuoses a question in Part What he or he would
kote discuss further and aks it $2 responda aud

ants follow-up question or aye more than year
o keep the conversation gong (e Ao o coller
anything? BY, oct ols War about out Do you
‘lect aang

ez

el Sat ura t Sele eu Listening. Unie, atthe back
‘of heir Student’ Books. Asia the tasks fr homework,

‘have Ss do them in class (See the tasks on p- F129 and
‘head serptonp. E132)

nit? Interests + T16

66. _ 2 Strategy plus men

May seal?
Pro caray so ou ser hey el bc og
alos ets doce, conte ora: is te wee
nad vary wi ads an ados ay car lso ra
ga starts u fr. a ly mais anal.
(Far more man, ee Langage Rs beging! is
my

‘Petal Ste Pos Read the information andthe
«example alo. Write column heeding on Ihe
oud Stoner Sf, te No Asksa co copy them

= Asko read the conversation on p16 again. Say,
“Find statements wich ayan no rin the
conversation, How do Mat and Sarah use then Wete
‘the sentences under the comet heading”

= Have ss compare thelr answer ple. Then check
answers wi the cas (Songer realy enjoy
ling. real ike making ings: Safer: Im not
‘aly into photography Pole No: Um, no. don
‘ally have much tie or hobbies. / No, not eal

1 Preset Canvraton Head the Information aloud
Point out that realy comes before the vers

3 Listening

A

Previa no ask Tel to okt four
picture. As, "Do yu knaw anyone wit these
Interests?” Read the name of euch interest loud, and
haves aise thelr hands Ask "Would you ike to
do any ofthese things? How aout oleeing ey
hears?“ Repeat is question using the infoccnton in
the other tee perros

BP coma
= Preview tsk Head the instructions sou,

1 Fi records Andi sept. 7235 Ss sen and
‘write name under each plture Check anes th
the clas

Answers
caeteg cé bes En
Gas Pa

‘ising oti

CH or may

= Pave o tat Tel St ead the our questions in
{he chart Sa, “Listen spain and complete the chart
Think about the main dea ofeach question aya
listen teach conversation. You can check more
one name for each question

+ Poy near Audio seriprp. 285 Solisen and
lack ¢) the names. lav Se compare thelr answers

TAT + Uni «Interests

FE, Prev te sk ea the instructions aloud, Ask

LT" Ssto ed he questions. Help itv new
"Vocabulary as needed Pol out question and then
sk to Sto rend the example,

= Do helo: Have Satake turns asking and answering
‘he questions. Ar So the task go around thes
and help as needed,

1 Check answers withthe class rad «question aloud
and ask few St say their answers.

Possible answers
1 Notre ee realy play ry pes.

2 Wel in ay comput ares

3 tea a nsw us ats.

A es, ray good at cong cosets pacts
5 Netw, um oe tenancies.
esta ar ro,

Pari rca agua Check answers withthe class:
play each conversation, and ben pause. Ask, What's
{rue about Jet” Have a callout the answer,

Answers
at
2 Ya anak
HART
im

Sowie si answers ie fur questions in
comia een une cnr nor
Inpars Aertel worn par tote
{hs Cane hi emaes
nece nd ver wel 2.She gets Lea ii.
Sind st watching fo len
‘owe peas onions and tomatoes

(GES pig Workbook pp. 14 and 15. (The answer key
beginsonp. TA)

67. 2 Strategy plus Really _ E Uni 2 interests
You can use really nt realy have PTE

time for ol

to make statements als bea polite way
stronger and to ta answer no.
make negative

statements softer

top verbs used wih really
enjoy. ke, know think.

bai
Vas Palr work Ask and answer the questions, Give your own answers

using really or not relly.
1. Ate you interested in sports? 4, Are you good at doing crossword puzzlest

2. Are you into computers? 5. Can you do anything artistic, like draw or paint?
3. Doyou enjoy doing jigsaw puzzles? 6, Would you like to learn a new skil lke carpentry?

A Are you intrested in sports?
8 Wel, rel Ike soccer. Hot realy. | don't realy lay any sport.

3 Listening Different hobbies

A Do you know anyone with these interests? Would you like to do any ofthese things?

Tell the class
gardening Ñ making jewelry playing got
v a, YA

collecting teddy bears

B @ Listen to Jeff, Eva, Kim, and Phil, What are their hobbies? Writ
under the pictures.

© @ Listen again and complete the chart. You can check (/) more than one name
{or each question, Then compare with a partner

Piet Pee LOI LUI
=
R

1. Vito makes money on his/her hobby?
2. Who spend alt of money on it?

2. Wha in very good at his her hobby? MC]
4. Who isn't very enthusiastic about i? =

”

68. Lesson “Hobby groups

1 Reading

18

A Look atthe hobby groups on this Web page. Which ones are you interested in?

Tel the class

Ho Group Menge Boar

=)

D

Fed agp.

B Now read these messages, Can you match each message 0 one of the hobby groups above?

ee

Hobby Group Message Board

From: sushileak
1 want fo learn how 10 make Japanese fod
Do you have any easy recipe ideas?

From: lerocktan
want 10 ticket forthe Bi Joel concert in
Washington. can pay cash or trado my tickets
for the Cher concert in Baimore in une

From: bookworm
enjoy collecting and reading old books, especia
«lives books Please send your ld books 10
me atP.0. Box 6, Sal Springs, Ohio 45640.

From: concernedmom
My son wants o be arace-car driver. I this sale?
‘Where can find ut more about this?

From: handyman
Hi make wooden boxes and bows. tke to set
my tul but don know much about the business
Side of things. Can you help me?

| From: petover
| Wehave a beautiful gray cat ree loa good home
| inthe New York area, We cant keep her Because |
| jus found our fm aerge 1 cas

From: grungeking
| want fo ind a 200d place for vintage clothes and
jeans. Line in Las Vegas. Any Ideas?

From: daredevil
Fhe ro try rock climbing. but dor want 10 go
Ion. Is anyone in San francisco interested in
liming with me? preter 10 go on weekdays,

possible.

(ess

Ho: Aaveaevi
miners mg Fo ry experience

To:
Ihave agreat Asian recipe book. Is called Simpy
Asian on

To:

Maybe you can adverse your Slllin a local store,

Tor
There's a reat magazine called ace Tack,
and

Tor

Ihave three extra ickes. preler o get cas,
but

Tor
Ihave fot olhardbacks and paperbacks

69. essonD Hobby groups
1 Reading eae OTE à

1 Sette sane Say ob Groups the name ofan
online message board. A message board sie
bulletin board on che internet usual about one
topicor interes, You can pat messages and questions.
‘on a message board. Other people read them and
answer them, When you puta message ona message
Board, you poets Write on the Boar ps

Ask, ‘Do you ever read or post on message boards!”
Sa rase tei hands the do. Aska few Ss whoralse
{helt hands, “Which ones do ou read What are they
shout? What do you weite sou”

A

Pressing

Prix an ee ask Say. "The Hobby Group Message
rd is about diferen hobbies. Look at he hobby
groups this Web page Which ones ate you
Interested in? Cle two or tree hobbies” Hep with,
nev vocabulary as needed.

= Wirte height hobby grup on th Bow, Ree each
‘ne loud. Have Se raise their hands Hey ceed ie

And count the hands for exe, Circe the ree hobbies
‘hat

B

Dring resi,

= Prr the ready Books closed Write he screen
‘names rom the messages on the Board Say, These
re mames of people ram the Hobby Group Message
Board. They are called screen names. What do you
think de names mean? Walch hobby do Yo think
ch person interested nt" Rend each name lau
‘Writes guesses onthe board next each name.

= Do esp Books open. Say “Read each ofthe
messages quickly et ind what ech messages
tout: Make noes” Call on Individual te
Answer [sha japanese food: Merck ticket
lew concert handyman: bow o sli wooden boxes
and bows; peine. fee cat: ootuorm akt books
oncernedmom: her son, racecar diving grungeling
(vintago les drei rok climbing

= Have Sead the messages again and match each
‘message to one ofthe hobby groups in Part A. Cheek

fers with the css,
Answers

sustitoacockieg Bachnem-coketm
ean mex einsamen - cas
teroynen cts urea
pion pats ‘eso aus

Unit 2 nerests

= Say “Look atthe guesses on the board. Which ones are
anse” Circle the names and hobby groups hats
guessed correctly

= Do hereda aun TS to scan the Web page and
Lundetine ay vocabulary words they ae sure of
Have Ss callout he words. We them on the board
ASES o explain the meaning ofthe words, or explain
them yours

xtra activi clas
Callout information questions about the ds. Ss scan.
She ade for he information and alse their hands when
‘they ind the answer Callon afferent foreach
‘question (e Where does grungeing ir? as Vegas
What concer des rock fan want og o he Bly
Joe concert: What olor ls petlovers cat ray.

ic

Posteadag

‘Preven sk ead the instructions aloud, Tell Se
{hat these are epics ta ico the messages on the Web.
tein Part. Callona to cad the fest reply. Say,
nok athe message to daredevil Which word ell
you this messages or him” limb)

= Dott tak Have Ss rad he othe replies and wrt the
screen name foreach message

= Check answer with the ela foreach one, nass
which word(s) in euch message ped them choose
the hobby group.

Answers
To cer cn

10 watt = Asa ee bro
To man ars yo eat
To Brocken tout à

o Base papes

Er act = groups

Ss we their own short rep to one ofthe messages
fom the We page. Ss then ead tel elles, and the
{up decides he most hepfl rept. Groupe then
Present thelr mos helpful reply the class.

Unit 2 interests + TAB

70. 2 Listening and speaking

1 Seto sos Ask. "Do you havea fevorte Webster"
SS al their hands ty do Aska few Se who ls
thelr hands, "What kind of Web tet Why do you
Ike

A çor man

1 Pres tak Read the instructions aloud. Weite the
two questions on ne board: vat Rn of ie te
Why does oe ie Say, “ln he conversation, Joe gives
‘three reasons ye es the We site Try o re
down one

= Pay erecting Audi sept p 235 Sistem and
write ther answers Ask What Kind of Web sii
Li” Jn outdoors Web se fs about hiking and
camping. "Why dos fo ike” tha lots of good
vice. There ar some amazing photo. There re
Compton] Wete the answers onthe boss,

+ Foo. Ifmany Ss didnot heal o he answer,
ly the recording agin. erate ther hands when
{hey hear acaso, Pause the recording. anda on Se
Ko give te reasons,

B € (2 1.127
1 Prat ot Read the instructions slo. Have Ss
‘ad the ive sentences

-3 Writing
A

1 Provew tot Rea the instructions shou Tell ro
read the example message Ask few comprehension
‘questions (e What hab groups e mesg 07
Wha does the rer ks? What does he want o Enc?)
Present Mol ae Have Ss rad the Informacion
(For more information, see Language Notes th
beginning ths ni)
‘Write onthe bar, and, or cas, and
specially. ay. "Lock he messageboard op.
6 ind sentence with these words” Calm Sto
ind and vad the sentence. Bu ke to sll ty
suff butt don't know much... alike np rock
«mb, but don't want to ge alone. And Take
‘wooden boxes and bos want to finda good place
For vintage cotos and jeans enjoy collecting and
ding ld books... Because We can keep her
Because jus found ut malegieto cate Or |
can pay cash or rade my oks Exped) enjoy
Collecting and rsding old books, especially chien
books
Do tak We on the board: Jo and From. Say Vist,
chose he hobby or interest ou want to wie abou

4 Free talk

Tolo urn to Fee Talk 2 at the back ofthe
Student’ Books. Have Se do the ass. Sethe
teaching notes on F204)

1:19 « nit2« Interests

= Play rc Audi erp. 7295 Se sen and
Ciel e corea.

1 Payne recorig agin S inten and vin ir
answers. Check answers wit the elas

Answers

1.2500 pop ta Wad ste oy.
2. Jose ed aces on e
3. Toy ari Sou ang ri omis,

A, Le pets a ae
5. Jo ans wee compotion owns ia,

c

= Preview he ask Read se instructions aloud

= Dot aw Have Se take turns asking and answering
e questions. Tall Seto make notes about one
Interesting hing they earn about each group member.

= fol Different groups report some ofthe
interesting things they eared

rte the group name in the oline, Then think of
an Ineresting cren name. Write tin the Prom line
‘Then write your message, First write about wat you
ke, Then think oa question task about your hobby,

= Have svete hele messages

Extra acti groups
¡sin eac group take turns reading the screennames
from er messages to group members Group
member ty to ques what hobby the interested
in Groups get one pont for each correct gues. The
“group with the mom pots wins

B

1 Preview an a he tsk Read the instructions loud
Have Ss put thei messages un thee desks or Chaire
wth blank pce of paper next 0 their message: Ss
{owe around the room and read st las five oer Se
messages Ss choose one, write areplyon the Blank
piece! pape. and eave e nextto Ihe message

= Have ew Se share thelr messages and any helpful
replies with the elas

(Ga Assign Workbook pp. and 17. he answer key
begins onp.T248)

71. 2 Listening and speaking Favorite Web sites besten

A @ Listen w Joe and Lisa talk about a Web site. What kind of Web sites i?
‘Why does Joe like itt

B @ Listen again, Choose the correct information to
complet the sentences

1. 25,000 735,000 people visit the Web site each day.
2, Joe likes to read the articles / messages on the site.

3. Today's article is about hiking in the US. / different countries.
4

5

Lisa prefers (0 sleep ina tent / stay home.
Joe wants to enter the competi

nt win a bike / tent

© Group work Ask and answer the questions

= What's your favorito Web sito?

= Whats interesting about it?

= What other Web sites do you go toa lor?

= Do you ever use Websites for shopping? banking?
doing research?

= Do you have your own Web page or Web sitet

3 Writing Messages

AA Choose a hobby group from the Web page on page 18. Write a question to poston
the message board

|

= Abani

ti. tm big an of Copy, expec : ss

een singer. ely ke him, a itn to music, and Ute moves,
als te boots, espectaly Eire books
A ee or rok muse

+ Contrast eas:
‘he cing, but my ends dont
El. Give areason:
We can kzep har Because Im lergí fo

B Read your classmates’ messages. Choose one and reply 1 it. Then “se
Do you receive any helpful replies?

4 Free talk The game of likes and dislikes [ 5)

See fre alk2 atthe back of the book for more speaking practice

19

72. _ Vocabulary notebook =

It done for homework
[rely present the Learning Tip end the ask directions
Make tre S understand what they need tod,

done in class

= Presa era ip Read the Information aout.
Say "When vou ik things you in them together.
Word chains ie the ones on this page can lp you

2
= Preview ano sk Read the instructions lod Say,
"Complete the chart with words or expressions that
re efor you" Have Ss complete the word chains
1 Have $s workin palo, taking turns reading each word

chin aloud,
= Callun several Seto read one of thelr word caños to
theclass

remember new wards Ms
‘word cba ru for you,
remember"

ED The oowing tasks reyee the ver forms to use
‘ter verbs that akc about likes and lle, can,

the Information in your
1d the words wil be easier

On your own
= Prose! Or our Ou Red dhe information alo.

1 FolowupAtthe start ofthe next class, Ss rea thei
‘Guin lo in small groups:

and prepositions. They also reycle adorning
ites im affirmative sentences and er for jing,

forthese tasks recycles the
Intonation patteros when,
avi ists

1

= Preview an ote sk Rend
he insrctlons aloud,
ASÍS lok te care
Point out hat hy an use
euch word or expression
from the bx oly ance and
‘thatthe should answer
nes hat are tre for
‘hem.

1 Have Ss complete the word
uns. Check answers
it the lass: ave one $
read the mgood a, st
oud, end-anoher read the
Faute et aloud.

Answers

ged a yng chess and
‘ing arg ge

ta al ca pe
qu or tn cé

120 + Un 2 «interest

mo nepaiv sentences. Checking the answers

Soe te Seno
eal E .
ne Deus
nee E je
= pa E
| E 8
pe E pa
po

i

73. 1

“Provan nf e o at TLS to cur to the Bako
thelr Stents Books a ook at Pre Talk 2 Hes the
Instructions aloud Ts read the chat,

= Tellsswhen wo begin and haves complete the chart.
Gall “Time's patter tree minuten,

2

1 Preview an othe task Put Sin groups. and have
group member compare thet chats Ask four Ss o
Fale play speakers 4 B.C and Dom the example
onvecttion and red slaud. Ss, 0. and Dave
he sam answer. They each gta poi À doesnt have
besame anse A does’ ge pol” Tell St take
ums being‘

ID DODD D000D50 000 I555 9559559699599 0000

J

2 det pny Tr more num

Unit 2 Interests

"When groups finish the sk, tl ther oad up tele
Pointe, Tn wis he most pont in each group
Rand up and tells the ces how many pets he or
‘hehe Find out which Sin the class the most
points

1 Folon-ap Several s report something interesting
bout the group (eg. Sn Has, Jack and santo learn
ane sk,

Unit2« interests « T-20A

74. Unit
Bs Health Language notes

__Lesson A Healthy living

Grammar Sina roseta pren cones

(See Students Book p. 23)

Ts esson contrasts the two present verb forms.

fam

Simple present

* The grammar chart reviews structures taught in.
Touchtone Students Book |, Units and 5. (ror mone
Information see Language Notes or hose units
Touchitne Teacher ion 1)

Present continus

1 The grammar char reviews siructures aught in
Touchstone Students Book Unk 7. (For more
Information, see Langage Notes lor hac unit In
Touchsone Teachers Edition 1)

se

= The simple present used 10 alk bout regular or
repeated events or routines (Me exerce sir daa
lave) and stations hat are teal he time (ol
entering Lan)

Lesson B Aches and pains —

Vocabulary Aces ave pats
(See Student Hookp.24)
This lesson present range of minor helt problems,
= The ver have used with many ofthese to describe a
current hal problem.
‘havea ol, headache the fu, e
1 Gti used to describe repeated problems
get lr of colds.
1 Garis also used ta describe the onsetofa heath
problem,
“think Ym giga cold

Speaking naturally Cerasts
(See Students Book p.24)

‘Thissectin shows how word and sentence stress can be
used both co highlight he Important conten words and
to contrast or correct information, Speskers may als
raie the pitch oftheir voles lightly when corecting
Information (eA: Whats the mater? Do ou have
‘old, tea headache,

Th present continuous is used for civic and
‘events thatare temporary. or lng on “around now”
(eg; Em ring os weigh) salto sed for
activites shat are going om at he meat speaking
Leg Pm rietingto clas).

= Vers suchas, oe, Ens want, and nod see
describe permanent situations, menial processes,
tud, and feelings are usually not used withthe
presen continuous.

Corpus information Sms resets present cos
The simple present is approximately sx times more
reguentn Conversation than the present continuous.
“The present continuous often used in conversation
Inexpressons such asim sag. Do you kaw

what fm sing?

Grammar og cases wt ar when

(See Students Book p25)

1 Sshavealzcady learned when ander eve
Simple past narratives Toucstone Students Bock
Unit 1 Lesen Dep Noe) Inti lesson, means
whenever or very e Ce When hau sore rat
Trin eats hones.

= Theres very tle difference in meaning between
ther nd fin the sentences in thislesson However, Y
has een used for more exceponal situations (ea if?
Ihave realy se a, othe docto

= The if/when clases can como first inthe sentence or
after the main cause I they ae est the two pats of
the sentence ae separated by comia

havea headache take asprin.

they are after te main cause the wo paris of the
sentence ae not separated bya comma,

Hak aspirin have headache.

People usually put what they fee isthe ment
“important information is

information Masse
nd when arin the top 100 words.

75. 5590

)

Lesson C_ How come you're tired?

Conversation strategy Eresragug pee oa

(See Students Hook p26)

* Thislesson eeytes and extends the suateies of
showing intrest and asking follow-up questions frm
Touchstone Students ook? sa way of petting people
o say more about ope. (See Tauchsone Student
Book i Units Lesson D Units 6.7.1, 1, Lesson).

ing an active listener san important ay to
patte in conversa

Inthe conversation on p.2 Yuklusesa range ofnew

reaction expressions e Wow! Youre kidding) and

sk follow questions (eg. Hou come? Tao fobs?)

10 encourage Adam to say nore about is problems.

Lesson D Ways to relax

Help note Cammas ater Maré whe cases
(See Student's Bookp.28)
The ep otto how comma ard wh fand
= When the when clause comes before the main
cause, there fea comma athe end af the ease
‘Vy fling rase yo cun 01 the gm.

‘Strategy plus shonog suprise
{See student's Book p.27)

2 Strategy Plus present a number o expression for
showing suprise st news and information,

A Inet en ours sep ee ig.

(3 de ju sens on sedas Shs.

À ee

= Most ofthese expressions are or informal use eth
rends. In more formal tions, oh and really are
‘more appropriate.

Cap loma, 0 a, won se
Où drain th 0 vet mar
eo a.

1 Whe the aon sae follows the main case,
thee sno comma,

You can go tothe gym ou fling stressed.

Language notes « Unit 3

76. Health

Teach is nt opening page togetner wth Lesson Ain ne iss pari

nade ne theme te
the responses on the boa

Jn Unit 3, you learn how to

= Uatains Read the unit ain loud TS to listen and
rexdalong.

Before you begin...

* sede he ea Us Tl so cover Before You Bein
and ook at the pictures Sy, "These ous pierres
‘Show things people can doo stay hall. Work witha
partner and writeashort sentence about he hal tp
Fneach pete”

Ask several pales to share thle tips with the dass.
Write er semtences onthe Bost es, You ed
Heep elt hours igh).

= Read Before You Bein aloud. Ss lin amd repost
Help with ew vocabulary as needed. Hae indivi
Seread aseatence aloud, und hve others point
the pleure matches,

ED Pe raat rae ay This
reviews the simple presen and can

= Wire onthe Board Un... Uh... Lt.
atthe bog

à

Remind Ss they causo one of these

nan answer o get ld more time

fothink Se ho Sn Bok Unt,
son

T21 + Uni + Heat

Say “This units about health. What are some things you can d 1 say healthy?” Write all
(ed exec, play sor at god food er enough ep

Esta acti pairs
Ssworkin pales andook through he unit find and
‘wate: astatement with when (eg. When havea cold.
dont take anything, p25); health hats eg
doing karate, p22 nd wo statements ofsurpaise
{eg OW p27). fer pales hare thelr findings.

= Aâk ie class “Which of he things in the pietures do
you do to stay healthy? Have several Sa answer. Ask,
what ese can you do Use ideas rom the boat, or
think of more things to doe

= Have Ss work in pales, ashing and answering the wo
questions In Before You Begin. Tell 510 wit down,
Any new Meas

= Fellow ap Ss epor thelr new ideas tote ass.

Esta acy - pales
Pals make alist of things to avoid in onder to stay
‘aly, beginning each piece of advice with Dont
(68, Dont wach loto TV. Dont playa oro]
computer games. Dot amake. Dont at unk fod,
Gallon severa pars to present tl lists to de ess
TI Sto sen for what dic they hear most often.

000€

77. In Unit 3, you learn how to...

= use the simple present and present continuous.

= use if and when in statements and questions.

= talk about healt, remedies, sleep habi, and stress.

= encourage people o talk by making comments and
asking follow-up questions.

= use expressions like Wow! and You're kidding!
to show surprise.

Before you begin...
‘Which of these things do you do 1 say healthy? What ese can you do?

+ Sleep atleast seven hours a night. = Take regular breaks to cope with stress.
© Get a checkup once a year. + Eat plenty of fruit and vegetables.

78. Lesson A

Healthy living

x
= ou doing an all to = healthy? :
he x
4
1
1
‘Well, 1 generally don't eat a right now Um trying to “well, I walk everywhere I go.
‘Um... to be honest, I'm not “Not really. [kind of eat. “Yeah, we exercise six days a .
1 Getting started
A @ Listen to these on-the-stzeet interviews, Who do you think has a o
=

22 9

79. SUD

Less À Healthy living
1 Getting started ——

Unit 3 Heath

1 Sa same Read the ston tite aloud Ask “What
ae some things you dot stay eal” Aska few Ss
to answer (eg, Faluays cara oro ru Igerachetup
tone yar) Ask “Who dog something special or
“ferent ay or ge heathy right nosa Aska few
Sato answer gm takingan exec case. not
ening any unt fo

AP ni tun

‘Pree ba ak Read the instructions aloud,

Paye recording Se ten and rad long

1 Poy is caring again Books closed. Se sen and wi
thelr ner

= Have Ss compare her answer in plrs.Check
“muera withthe la (rian He does eat tof
Junkfood, he doesnt et ed meat and he dos Karat,
Meg: She was everywhere. The Parks: They
‘exerci sx day nee they go imei hey go Lo
‘heap, and they o hiking}

{fig , Preview to ask Say, “Read dhe inerviews gain.
at” Look or ime words and expression. Write
‘hese com heading he board: Routines (Al
the Time and Temporary Events (Now Aska few Ss
o callout te timo expressions or the ist healing
and write chem on the board generally bx days
‘nook every other dy, once ins while] Ask." What
Verb tenue do you seen he sentences with these time
‘expressions [imple present

= Askafow Seo callout che ime expressions forthe
Second heading. and wre them on the board ight
how this month Ask, "What verb ease do ya sel
the sentence wih these time expressions?” (pres
convino

1 Read the instructions loud

1 Do task Have Ss complet the sentences witha
simple present or present continus verb.

1 le Ss compare their answers in pales Check
anses with the class.

Answers
1 say ot be gyn tea wee
2 Tsang alo sac
3.1 grad a A at os
“Cimon ae on

= Foca en thease Say “Underline rhe time words and
‘expressions in Part Bnd name he column hey po
In? Ad them in the appropriate column as Ss call
ther out outies (All he Time) usually cea
‘week, generally Temporary Ets (Now): this month,
Hight ao

= Say. "The simple present goes with the time words and
‘expressions in de Routines (A e Te) eau
tells about repeated actives. The present continuous
goes ute time words and expression in the
Temporary Events Now) column. ells about
(haare happening around now 0 these day

‘+ As, Can vou add more ime words to ach column?"
Cation St answer (eg Routes column: often
sometimes every week everynight, ce a week
Temporary Event conn: these days thi semester, ts
ur is enson.

= Ty los Say "Look again at Par B-Makethe sentences
true for you and then el thems to your partner” Se
Share answers (eg ever go to he gym. OR pt she
rm on the weekends,

Eur acy class / groups

‘Seas hue differnt classmates, Are you ding
“anjting to say healthy Ss make notes of the
“angers When S finish, they form rap 1 discuss
{he answers Groups reporte information tothe
case

Extra acy indus pairs
"Se rende onthe street interviews agin and

“underline an setences that are tue fr them (eg.
Tio at ed meat at al).

| Core note
“Health and nes are high priori for alt ot

people Gyms and ness centers are becaming more
And more popular. Some peopl ir personal ines
To create individual work programs for them, Many
people rad thelist of ingredients on packaged fod
‘So hey will know exactly whatthe foods comal (e $
ares, Jas sugar sll, amis and mineral)

Unit + Heath + T-22

80. 2Grammar

@ oımam

= Presets grammar ehr Play the recording, listen
Andropeat

+ Untrstandthe grammar Say "The grammar chart
‘compares che simple present and he present
"plain that he simple presents used to alk about
‘gular or epeated ewes r rones eg. Wa play
Tennis fe days week) and etualon hal are tall
time (eg, Fen lor Ju
Explain hat the present continuous sed for
cites and evens that ae temporary, or goto on
Around mos teo ping gn shape) sal
‘used for ac tat are gol on at helmet
speaking (eg. ruming rocas.

2 Have Ss rite to more information questions and
to more es mo questions foreach ver form, the
‘questions should use you eg. De ou pay por,

1 Have Ss work in pain to anewer te our questions
that thelr partner wrote. Testo answer e weno
‘questions with shor answers and to add extra
formation. Remind Stor frequency adverbs ot

time expressions in their anse

Call several preto read one oftheir ses of
questions and answers nthe class

1 Review te forms as needed,

1 Preset dr Coversten Read the information aloud.
Haves make sentence in the simple present or
each of the verbs presented. For re information,
Se Language Notes tthe beginning ofthis uni)

3 Listening and speaking

AP corsa

* Pei task Soy “You wll ew fur people talking
shutter ral hale, Red the nconplte
Statements and guess what ach person ay. le
your guesses.

* When nish aka owt cal ut the pucca
foreach statement Su. Nov and re what
ca

2 Play erez Audio crip p. 7236 Selten and
‘wee isang word. Cheek answer with the clas,

Answers
1. maint ut evn on cho an cs
2 a ge te, an voy ha
8 ti eye ts at, ro Lert ale
A tre tet ee na

T-23 + Units» Hi

= Proven sk Have Selook a he picture. Ak, What
sche doing” [Se reading zlating. Ask, “What
{san he cable” an aromatherapy burn] Read the
Instructions andthe example loud As Why's the
Simple present che correct ense” [is aking how ou
cope with stesin general oral theme,

= Date ask Have Ss complete the conversations. Have
compare their answers in pair Checkansuers
vith ths cls: ask three pales OS 1 each read a
‘conversation,

Answers

LA on oyscae nat?
4 et tran cores mano ren ae
Teen ou emo ce.
2. RS ices om a?
4 Ina rang M any teen
arena A Sr neg
syne 8
4.4 Bro ls
1 ne rene mgt es
ern my ns a

el Seto practice the conversation in pairs, aking
tas playing each ie

8

HE, Preview ne ak Red the instructions aloud.

Lei

Do tas Have pairstake turns asking and answering
the questions using their own information, Enenurage
tha give extra formation.

BP comas

= Preview st Rea the instructions and example
sentences aloud.

1 Pa te recrdg Audio sept p. 236 Pause ater
each speaker to ask. “Do you agree? Why ory no"
‘Aa several Sor thelr opinions on what the speakers
Say. an: think chocolate can be god for you Kale:
Maybe ane cup of coffe is OK. Martin: Walking is
probably very good exercise. iva: Working har ent
bad for ou.

‘xtra act - groups

‘Using be simple present, ses the group someting
hheorshe does and something he r se does nor do
ty healthy. SZ repeats and ad is orher own
Information. 83 repeats what Sand S ai and
aids information. Continue thi way until all group
member have acen tur, Groups repeat he ask,
Butahls me they use the present continous.

(BRB sign workbook pp. Wand 19 (Te answer key
beginsonp.1 248)

81. : 3
2 Grammar_Simple present and present continuous = """"

Use the simple present to talk about | Use the present continuous to talk about

“all the time” and routines “now” and temporary events,
How do you stay in shape? ‘What sports are you playing these days?
| walk everywhere. I'm doing karate I's getting me in shape.
Do you get requar exercise? Is she trying to lose weight?
Yes, do. | exercise six cays weak Yes, she is. She's drinking det drinks.

No, we don't We don't exercise at al. | No, she's not, She's not trying io lose weight

In conversation

AA Complete the conversations with the simple present
‘or present continuous. Then practice witha partner

© A How Ae you_cete_ (copo) with stress?

B Well 1 (lake) a course in aromatherapy ai even more frequent with ike, ove,
right now, and 1 (enjoy) it. But everybody KNOW, need, nd want
in my family is pretty relaxed, We (not get

stressed very often

O A What kind ofexercise _ you usually_ (doy?
8 1 (ike) swimming My wife and 1
usually (go) to the pool every day in the summer.
Right now it's cold, 501 (not swim) at all. But my
vito (go) every day, even when i's cold,
oA you (eat) alot of fast food these days
B Well 1 (love) it, but right now 1
try) to cata balanced diet. I's hard because

y husband (not ike) fruit and vegetables,

Beil B Pair work Now ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers,

3 Listening and speaking Unhealthy habits

A & These people are talking about their unhealthy habits. Try to guess what
‘they're talking about. Then listen and write what they actually say.

1. Tan: “Tim trying to cut down on. and r
2, Kaylie: “Iwant to give up but can't It's very hard.”
3. Martin: *T everywhere. I's bad, I know. never

4, Silvia “loL.1———— late almost every night.

B € Listen again to the ast thing each person says. Do you agree?
Why orwhy not? Tell the class

“agree wlan. think i's good for you." “I don't agree wth an because..."

23

82. Lesson B

Aches and pains

__1 Building vocabulary _____

A €2 Listen a ey be sentences. Doy have any ofthese problems right now?

a & &

ave a fever tik posited ‘hav astomachache 1 ave toothache
Fm geting thet, Icons | 1 often a stomachacts.

CS ms Hee sek often get 1 rave alerges and

but have one now. ‘throat ‘mad. | sick when eat solsh, | snoeze altho tee.

ar” B Complete the chart withthe words above. Add other ideas. Then compare with a partner

mar... ‘hardy ever... Isomelmes... Loften…

| ger colas

L

“I never get cos. Thank goodness!” “You're luck. ten get col. But never get the fu."

2 Speaking naturally Contrasts _ _ ____

A What's the matter? Do you have a cold?
8 No, | have a headache. | fee! temble.
AA That's 100 bad. hope you fe! beter.
B Thanks.

A @ Listen and repeat the conversation above. Notice how stress shows the
contrast between headache and cold, and between better and terrible,

B Pair work Practice the conversation. Then practice again using different
health problems.

24

83. essonB Aches and pains
1 Building vocabulary

Unit Heat

c = Sette scone Hold your hea as iit hurts Say 2 haven
headache” Wt headache on the board Hold your
Storch as hurt Say "have astomachache

ES te on te board Ask, "What other health
problems do you know the words forin Engl”

Vite S responses onthe bora (eg, backache the

A {lu legs (For more information se Langue
Notes athe beginning ofthis unit)
A 69 cor raze)
la, 1 Pret sk Read the instructions aloud, Have Ss
A Teokat the pictures.
a = Pay te rectly Ss ten and ead along.

= Pay recrig aa S sen and repeat.
* Ask "Do youve any ese problema

[nel Porn tet Ask Sst lookat the chart Read

LT theinetretons slo. Tell Seo use eae from
thelist onthe board or thei own ideas,

CD eco grammar This ask reviews adverbs of
Trequenes eg. atu, tually fon sometimes.
hard evr never.

2 Speaking naturally

(Dot nt Have Se complete chart Aska few Se
to callo what they wrote in each column Have Se
compare ther answers in pairs To mode tis par of
tetas, ak wo Sto read the example conversion
aloud.

‘xtra vocabulary: mischen oes
Present rave s suggest extra Vocabulary or beats
problems, such sata, bre en, cut, Hey je.
Pausa rash sunburn, be tng

Esta ac = class groups

‘Mime diferent aches and pains. Se cal out what the
hal problem Alternative Ss da ia in
soups.

Eur ac pala
‘Give Shree minutes to aro pressions rom
Building Vocabulary. Hooke closed Pals 20 how
many they can eri den, Find ut which pair
remembered the most expressions.

a A € «01 ma:
= Preview uk Haves look tte conversation,
Say "When peopl are speaking, hey put stress on
A he words that are Important in the sentence. An
mportant word ean be, or example, the answer o
question” Say. Sues lalo used to contrast ot
2 Correct, information. For example imagine Leal you
Dy the wrong name When you correct me, on
c your name clearly anda ite more loudly” (For mote
Information see Language Notes tthe Beginning of
this un)
1 Read he instructions aloud.
Poy ecards Seiten and ead along Tell St pay
tention to the strescd words

tay ba vor again S sen and repeat.

+ Precio Te
4 An Part A ing
Instructions aloud

he ak Have ples complet the task practicing the

‘convertion but using diferent heath problems

= Feluy Call on several pairsto roleplay their
onverstons forthe lass

Extra sty = pairs
Sswrie four health elated questions on a piece of
‘pape ex, How many hours do you sleep every igh?
‘How often do you gt heuaches Doyo ent alot of
{junkfood Se hen interview each ari plod
‘Write down the answers Pais then Jon another pals
ST rends 2% answers aloud, giving out one pice of
Incoeesiormation pee aneier S2 cores the
Statement using contraste sess (eg, SI: nn slope
hours every mgt 52 rina Actual sep eight
ours ver nigh). Sa and listen and then ead
thelr statements aloud.

Unit 2 Heath» T-24

84. 3 Building language

= seine szene Write the board: rome apa, "A
femedisused to tea problem like «health problem,
For example, one remedy for w headache sto take an
Ssprin. Imagine you hve col, What remedy do you
ser" Wie S responses on he boand (take al.
‘medicine disk ho tea wh lemon and one)

A € co

= Proven sk Lok tie picture. Say "Sonia and
Mark ar talking on the phone Were’ Mark” [at
home| What wrong wich him? (He ek has,
ola "What do you think Sonia end Mark ate talking
bout {armes

= Books closed. Say. "What does Sona want to make for
Mask? Listen and waite the answer”

= Pay the recrdg Site and ert

= Pay the recrdig apin Books open Ss len, ead
slong and review thelr answer Check the answer with
‘the hs. hot vinegar with one}

= Praciee Tel sto practice the conversation in pas,
taking ur playngench ole

1, Preview te ask Tell 10 find fan hen he
F7 conversation and isch them, never ake that

4 Grammar

Stuff hen have a cold But Y get really bad cold.
Tink hot vinegar with hone: ak, Wh tense re
the two verb in cach sentence?” simple present

= Date ae Read the instructions aloud Have Se
complet the sentences ith ar own information
hexkansmers withthe dass: have sera Se read
thelr anewere loud

Possible answers
1. at mesi wan Em Lc a u

2 Mine ely bat cl sy tay ham an sty a
eS tt mena got ot

1 Fou eat om a un leon te board ok
medicine chen el ba. Say, "Setences with when
And have wo parts wich two verbs” Undeline the
part ofthe sentence from uhen tothe nd. "What Yer
{ein the when part ofthe sentence eal "What ver
Asie her pat ofthe sentence” ke)

= Say “In the sentence in Part all the verbs are inthe
‘mle present because they re about chat ot uly
“do when youre sick

Pome

1 Preset he grammar chart Play the recording. listen
and repeat

= Untersan te grammar Say, “When and hve very
Similar meanings You an use when alk about à
‘Station tht ssl or yon nd yo cam use to
talk about a situation that snot so usual. But bth
are possible in the sentences In he chart (oe more
information, see Lamguage Notes atthe beginning of
En

A
ii}, Prin ho task Read the instructions andthe

LISI” phrases fom number I aloud, Read the example
“Conversation. Remind Sha they eam pat the pat
"sh umen at the start of the setencs or efter the
‘other part ave Ss complete the ask,

= Have Sa check thei answer pain. Check answers
‘with the las: call on afew Sto read thee sentences
ss

Possible answers

1. Woe ae afi say ato ma rete
rede wan have ee

-5 Vocabulary notebook a

= Tallset0 urn to Vocabulary Notebook on p-30 of tte
Students Hooks. Haves d the tasks lac assign
(hen for homework (Se the teaching nates om p30)

125 + Unit « Hotty

2 ar sra buen ea sm.
3, Sonwtnas 15 lo e dcr vm he ang

À Whe ate dow ve

5, When nave sre et aay ret wth on.
8 Men Ihe hc, oa sp

B

1 Pro and no sk Reo te instructions aloud. Tell
‘Sst read the six questions To mode the activi, ask
ee Ss o rend the example conversation loud. Have
‘Ss work in groups of thee Sey “Take turns asking and
inwering the questions” Go around the class ad
helps needed

= Fu Ssina ew groups answer each question.

Extra acti = groups
‘ire on the board od, arch, chy ye, ee
and sunburn plain, “ome remedies are

gs you can make a home schen youre sick et
better. Solas hot vinegar and honey dink a home
ered." Groups discuss home remedies forthe health
probetas on the board. Groups report any Interesting
ome remedies tothe clas,

(ERS sign Workbook pp. 20 and 21. The answer key
beginsonp.T248)

85. 9990

>

)

9000999000

1900000

)

5 Vocabulary noteboi

—— 3 Building language

A une

Mark Mello?

Sonia Hi, Mark, How aro you feeling?

Mark Alu, 1 stil have this terrible cold,

Sonia That's too bad. Are you taking anything for it

Mark Just some cold medicine.

Sonia Hmm. never take that stuff when Thave a
‘old, Butif get really bad cold, I drink hot
vinegar with honey. I can make you some,

‘Marke Oh, no thanks! don't fel thar bad!

1. Ltake medicine when
2. If have a really bad cold, L

the phrases wich when to make true sentences about yourself Then compare with a partner.

1. have a fever / take medicine 4, feel sick lie down fora while
2. getastomachache / stayin bed 5. havea sore throat / drink hor tea with honey
3. havea cough / go to the doctor 6. havea headache / take aspirin

“When I have a fever, usualy fake medicine.” “Really? | never lake medicine when Ihave a over.

B Find out what your classmates do in these situations. Use if in your questions and answers,

What do they do if they.
1. havea bad cold and have to goto class? 4. have an upset stomach after they eat?

2. feel sore after exercising? 5. feel tired and run down?

3. havea high fever? 6. have to cough or sneeze ata concert or movie?

A. What do you do if you have a bad cold and have 10 goto class?
B Woll have a bad cold, usualy take a fol of issues lo class,
© Really? 1 have a bad cold, just tay home.

‘See page 30 fora new way to log and learn vocabulary.
25

86. ‘tae How come you're tired?

‘A Which are the bet responses to keep te conversation going? Check (/) the boxes.
DÍ Yeah, Jinow. À |) Oht Why i that?
Yeah. Me too. à _ Ohlmam à
Seal}? How come? You look tre. Are you busy at work?

Adam Im so lired
YU Really? How come?

‘Adan Well, im working two jobs this
‘semester, som getting up at, lk,
5:30 (0 study

Yuki You're kidding! Two jobs? Wow.

‘dam Yeah. Just for a couple of months.
Fm working in a supermarket attr
‘lass, and then | have my regular
Job atthe restaurant U 11:0.

Oh, that's late. So, what time do
you go to bed?
7 About 1:00... 1:30.

Yuki Gosh. So you're only getting about

Jour hours sleep? That's not much.

‘Notice how Yuki encourages Adam 1 contin taking,
She comments on what Adam says and asks olaa ae à
questions. Find examples in the conversation. ‘Really? How come:

“Vm 50 tired.”

B Match each sentence with an appropriate reply. Then practice with a partner.

1. Teed alot of sleep. _à

2. Ica either. Do your windows have blinds?

{cant sleep ifthere’s light in my room. ba Thays not much. Are you getting enough sleep?

3. Tusually go to bed early during the week, — c. At the office? How long do you sleep?
4. IF can'fall asleep, I usually read. 4. Really? How much sleep do you need?
5. Toften take a nap after lunch. +. That's good. Do you wake up early. toot

Tonly sleep about five hours a night. f. That's a good idea. What do you read?

Ayr © Pair work Student A: Tell a partner about your sleep habits. Use u

Student B: Respond with comments and questions. Then change roles,

ideas above.

À 1 don't realy need a ot of sleep.
8 Really? Me neither. How much sleep do you need?
À About five hours a night

26

87. pololo 019)

>

ojo elm (0 oleaje e

55

Unit 3 Heath

Lesson€ How come you're tired?

OP Lesen Crepes sit preset an peso onen.

1 Conversation strategy _ __

Wy encore pepe
Tis eso tus on rzcon esos a oanıap users,
tea 169 à conan gang (se were
tod In Ts Suert BD Les 8,7 110.
sr.) Aacing and ag lon a atar nal.
Ace ring ad an near ape peter sy are. or
‘er infomation sa Language hilos athe pring ont)

= Seite scone Read the ie of the lesson lout. Ask
hat does how come mean?" why] Sy, Tink about
the tie. Ty to gues some ofthe words that aon
‘he conversation in his lesson.” As sel ot thelr
esse write them on Ihe board eq slp, rk,
dy me, bd, wake up gp. Bu

À 6 co maso

‘Pree the at Tell Sa to look a A statement exa
loud Say, “Read B responses, Which are the best 0
keep the conversation ging Check he boxes” Have
compare thelr answers in pais Check answers
Se clase

Answers
ah Hoa cone?

Ov wy sta

Vos ocio Ar you baya wan?

Book closed, Rea the instructions aloud,

= Pay be recording Books open. Ss listen and read along.

= Po to rca aa Ask, "Why Adam irc Se
lien and wre the answer

= Pay cri aula Ss isen read along and review
thelr answers Check asters eth he las. Adams
‘working john. He's only getting four hours sleep
‘och nigh

= Aakssto read the conversation again andere any
‘words that they guessed would be In he conversation,
‘A seal hem out ciclo them onthe Bone.

= Present tie Read he Information aloud. Ask wo
Seto read the example conversation. Say “Find more
samples of ow Yuk! encourages Adam o continue,
{Sikingin the conversation” ore kidding! Tc
Jobat Wow Oh that's ae So, what ape do you goto
‘edt: Gosh So your only geting abut out hour
sleep

1 Pracice Have Se practice de conversation in par
‘aking ura playing each oe. Tells 0 practice
“pain changing two piece of information in the

B

‘Prove ets Have Ss read the sentences and reps.
“o modelo tsk ask evo Sexo read sentence Landite
reply alo.

Don Lave Ss math the remaining sentences and
replies Check answers with the clas: ask pals ofS 10
read the sentences and replies lo

Anses
Lo 22 de 41 Se 6

= Hove Ss workin pairs taking tros reading the
sentences and replies

e

da Proven and a Me lak Read the Instruccion
Alou To model heat, have two read the
‘ample conversation. Have pals use the sentences in
Part forideas and ive their own answers, Remind Ss
Font more than ast eo.

Esta sty pas sli ny
“ave Selo tthe stron in art agi
ken eme rca ess

A
¡work in pairs. SI reads aloud the first statement,
De.
Em:

ee

"el Sto ut Sel Study Listening, Unit, atthe back
ofthe Students Books. Asign he tasks for homework,
has sso them in cas, (eh ass np. 129 and
‘head seripconp. 7132)

Unit 3 + Heath « T-26

88. —2 Strategy plus

Wy show sre?
racing wi paso domes ech a Fg, at
ar eres we anal. sare wi St
‘ested te come sion can osm

= Fi examples Say “Look tthe conversation on p.25
again. Find the expressions that Yok tes tacho
Surprise. Meal You del! Wow i

= Present Stato Ps Read o informatlen and the
example alo. Ask, “Why does Yuki say Youre
din show surprise that Adame work tw
fobs)

= Prasat in Comereaton Books closed Write on the
Board: Oh, Nous Realy and Goch Sa, “Two of these
areinthe op 30 words, and two re in he top 500
word, Which two are the top 07 Which mo are in
‘he op 8007 Wi your guesses” Books open AakeS
to read information Have Sarli her hands
they guessed correct

A 01 mas

= Prevent ak Have Se read the conversations. Say,
Now sen and write the expressions you hear”

1 Pay be recrteg Audio seritp. 1:26 Sa sen and
redalong,

= Payne record apa Ss sen and vie he
expresion

3 Talk about it ___

Preta eat Read the instructions aod. Ask Se
totead the discussion questions. Make ure that Ss
Understand the meaning of exch question,

= Do he task Have discuss the questions in groups.
‘Sey, “When you find something you have in common,
rake notes”

1 Fai Groups report th thing they have 1
common io theclas (eg, Weal have vd nightmares
‘abouronce à month.

4 Free talk +

Tel sto turn 0 Free Talk at he hack ofthe
Students Backs ave So the tasks (See the
Teaching notes SOA

T-27 + Units + Heath

"Check answers withthe lass: ae pairs of 1 68d
‘the completed conversations lou.

Answers

1. Rly Vote mt
2 Aou sou
EL)

1 Have ss practic the conversations in pits. Say,
"Continue euch conversation as long you ca
Remember to use expresion hat si srprine”

BE oi veu

1 Prove to as, Read the instruction
to un diferent expresion each time:

Play he recado Audio ori. 1-296 Selisten, chen
wre the expression.

' Pay rca gon Check answers withthe lass
replay dhe recording pausing after each em. Aske
Several SS o call ou the expressions thy chose,

na. Say Try

Possible answers
Loue sr Howey!

2 Goer E moni
3. À On too!
Extra actny = class groups

¡do sleep survey. rite on the board:
e ou went to fe sed hw much sep do you

ner
Fw much ep uan tory git
Wha happens dont et heap
he question on plc of pape sk hi
ates the quetons amd make Dos tthe
o
che Whe onthe oat re reg
sfm ly one

much they usualy get Discus Ihe ct of not
tige sep,

Groups prepare short ak bout something
Iiteresting the ound ou during their group.

F tra actly = groups
discussion about sleep habits.

(ER Assign Workbook p.22 and 23. (The answer key.
begin on p.248)

89. it 3 Heat

e kidding!

À @ tistenand wit te expresos you har Then paste

and continue the conversations with a partner "Ohad Realy rin
à "50 ws. Wow ans Gosh
A Move sleeping late on the weekends getup around 230
en ila CITES

Ba What time do you go to bed?

@ A This magazine says too much sleep is bad for you. f
B sleep ten hours a night. Is that bad? 1

© 4 thave the same dream every night

>. 1 very night ! What do you dream about?
BE seen 0 ax people tok about bette Bais. ps
Respond with an expression frm the box above,
1 4
2 — —

C 3 e

23 Talk about it Sweet dreams?

m Group work Discuss the questions about sleep habits. What do you have in common?

O > Are you feeling tired today? Ifso, why? > Do you ever have vivid dreams or night
> Doyou sleep well usually? > Do you remember your dreams?
> What do you do ifyou cant sleep? > De you snore or talkin your sleep?

> > Doyoueverwakeupduringthenight? > Areyoua slepwalker?

; > Whatis your bedtime routine?

See Fee tak 3 for more speaking practice.

0 4 Free talk Are you taking care of your health? bn

90. LD Ways to relax

1 Reading E

A Do you ever get stressed? How do you feel when that happens? Check (/) the boxes

and add ideas, The

I getstressed when
Tim studying for an exam.
I'm late for an appointment. [1
I have no money. [a]

B Read the leaflet. What do you learn about stress? Are any of your ideas

[COMMON QUESTIONSIABOUT/STRESS

‘Am I stressed?
you caí sep well or can't concentrate,
Ifyou fet depressed or want cy bot
Ayo hve a headache or an upset stomach,
Ifyou ca relx ad you fe! able,
Nu ae entrerely ted

then i's possible you ae stressed,

Is stress bad for me?

Ocasional tres is common and can be good for you
However you feel sessed for along tne, ican be
serious. Sres can make you sick can also affect your
memory or concentration, so work or study is fic,

What can do?

Fortunately, there's alot you can do. Ty some ofthese
relaxation techniques. you stil fee stressed, make an
‘appeintmentto see your doctor.

DO thavea deadline.

When Im stressed, 1...
1 feel tired and irritable, =
“get a headache.

nentioned?

[REVAXATION TECHNIQUES) x

© Breathe Tae a beat, old forfour s
‘seconds, nd hen breathe out very sony. x
Feel your boy ex >

© Exerciso Var exercise ochst
30 minutes ech day and
fel beter

© Talk Cala frend. Tak about your problems.

(O Meditate Close your eyes and focus on 5
Something cal. Fee! relaxed

ee a ae
ee
ae

amassage ON

© Do something
you enjoy Listen to mus
Sing, Weich TV. Meet a fend,

Department Tao of os?

91. =. Unit 3 Heat

lessonD Ways to relax
1 Reading Se Bey

e = See son Read he tl o the lesson aloud. Ask B
à “How doo ela What do ou dot Gaiden om Dura eating

Ele go shopping exerci, take a na, wc TV

A

Preroading

1 Preview tn ast We the word stressed on the board.
ASL "What des sacd mean” Get ideas fom Ss
(eg, worried, nervous ted).

1 Ask Do you ever get tresse” Have Ss aise thee
Thani hey o, there are Sew do nor ras their
hands, call on afew of then. ay, “Nos! people get
stress sometimes. Why o yu ink you don
Steed” Have Ss explain (eg. don ge seed
cal.

= Dot tas Have s read the sentences ino tw
Ine. Sa. Trt, think about when you ge stressed
‘Then think about how you ec when you get tresse
‚Check the Boxes, and then ad your own ean”

= head each sentence in the box on the et aloud. For
(ch, has Sri hee ands he statement etre
or them. Then ask Sto callout wo athe station
‘when they fel stressed, For each ne situation, have
Ss als thee hands he satemen true for them
{Count the alse hands or each situation and in out
‘shich stations make he most Ss fe stressed

= Read each sentencein he box on the right aloud. For
(ach, have Seal thet hands if they fel he sate
‘vay. Then ask socal or other ideas. Write Ss Ideas
on theboatd (eg havea stomachach, fol sc.

1 Pan he red Haves look at the reading. Say
“This tea ele A leaflet usually one pce of paper
‘with ep information”

At these questions onthe board
1. What ae wo topes e le
2 Who made he efter?
‘3. What’ the name ofthe laf?

= Have Ss sam the leaflet and answer the ques
Tell them tise heirhand when they find ll the
answers Check answers wih theclase I. common
questions about tres; relaxation techniques 2 the
Department of Health 3. Take care ofyoursle)

= Read he instructions load. Tells to ice two new
interesting thing they lath hey ten,

= Date eating Have Ss rea the leaflet and eine the
Information

1 When Ss fish call ona few Sst tell the clas the
Information they eed.

= Say "Look the ideas an the board about how you
feel when you ge reed. re any ol ose ess
mentioned in the leaflet Have Sal out thee
answer and crle those eas on she board

= Dome easy aa Tell Soto rad the let again and
"undenie any new vocabulary. Have S work pais
lo compare new word and help each other with the
‘meanings. Help with nen soeahulary 2 needed.

Extra acti pata
Pais role-play conversacion about stress St
“imagines he o shes stressed and lls S2 how he ar
she els and why. responde wth comments and
ive advice using the relaxation techniques. Aer Se
finish practicing their conversations, call on afew So
6 ct nm out forthe clas.

Unit Heath « 7-28

92. c

Posteado

1 Prevent ak Read the instructions aloud, Ask
five So each ead a question aloud. Make sure Ss
ndertand what information they are looking for.
{For some questions Ss look for antes he arce
For others, Ss answer using thelr wn ideas)

Dal Have Ss answer the questions and then
compare ther answers in pairs Check anaes wth
the aes,

Possible answers

1. Yu canta yw ae ese you er dep wat ra
cent yos ie epee ent cy a you
tava ene or anar ia you cr lan
lia os a roy te,

2 Listening

1 Sette zane Tel sooo atthe pictures. Ask “Where
ate the people What are they doing?” Get eas fom
E

A

1 Proview an oth tak Read the instructions aloud.
ave Se workin pairs and seus the questions.

= Callon several to el he cass what they do to relax

BE jo rack)

Preto est Read the instructions alu,

= Pay Decor Aude script. 1:29 Play the fst
conversation, and then pause the recording Ask
“Whe picture docs dh conversation go wi
[the petue ofthe woman reading the book) Ask
“What words inthe conversation help you choose this
pictures” book, reading] Ste he umber nthe
rect box,

1 Play the remalning conversations, and have Se write
{heir answers. Check answers with the clas,

A E
A

Pret be ask Ask some general questions about
common health problems such as Does anyone hau
fold tay? Is anyone tng sexed? Have afew Ss call
tirarme

= Read the instructions aloud, Calon our Sto eh
tend an example.

= Dole ok Have write «common health problem on
piece of paper Tell eo wit thee names perl
‘ir problems,

= Prevent ask Head the instructions aloud. Calon
fret Seo each read the example problem andthe
replies

1-29 + Uni « Hal

2 Sues am you sok ean oat ox mao ar

3 yout tesa, po cmt a ep bo ec
ato Hno ont à D or Pm / de
Saag jou nor

A oe cea akin wh ae boas y
negros

Sn ears ap beca ges somo as bot
etc wih sees.

“Batra activity = pairs
Ssmake a it of ways they relax and then share em
SRE
each ist. They wor together o write mn shore
pis ike the ones under Relaxation
es

Answers
stingpek-2 weamah-5 1-4 eadatook
CP cos rex)

Prin a Real the instructions alo,

1 Play rs Audio script p 1:29 Ply the ist
convetsatin, and then pause the recording Ask
What ese does she do torelax” (She sometimes
weichen TV] Serie the answer under the picture
they labeled

= Pay the remaining conversations. slisten and write
actives

"Pay he rcrdng agan Ss sen and review hee
answers Check answers withthe cls call Sto the
hard o write the correct answer.

Answers.
1. Mentes e, be sms wees TV,
2 Molist stand wate pope ae mat

3 Sm pay wih te 6

À He st pea re

1 Proc bo Read information slow. (For
‘more information see Language Notes atthe
beginning els unie)

Ask to ead some ofthe problems they rotin
Par À. Give suggestions using sentences with for
van clause. Witte sentences on Ihe bowed, but do
Rot include he commas (When you can sep at
hight drink some warm male] Call Sst Ue board 10
fad the commas

= Dot ls. Have Ss pass their papers around the
group andere a reply to each person. Tell S510 write
their names under their replies

= Fotow ap few Ss ead thee health problems and any
helpful suggestions they receive.

(GES Assign workbook pp. 24 and 25. The answer key"
beginson p.1 248)

93. © Read the leaflet again. Answer the questions. Then compare answers with a partner.
1. How ean
2. Why ca
3. What can you do ifyou feel stressed?

‘A What do you and your friends do to relax? Do you do any of these things? Tells partner.

Unit Hann

tel you are stressed? 4. Which relaxation ideas in the leaflet do you like?
ess be serious? 5. Do you think the leaflet is helpful? Why or why not?

B €? Listen o four people talk about relaxing, Number the pictures,

© @ Listen again. What else do they do to relax? Write the activity under each picture.

3 Writing_Advice on health

‘A Do you have a question about your health Write a health problem on a piece of paper.
Use the ideas belo to help you

Hm feeling stressed cout sleep at night.
about my exes, Hel! haat can | Ac?
_- _
m I wet bo get in shape 1 get colas all the time.
a hat can 1d Any suggestions?

H youre fing sresed about your esoms image
thot you ar ong the em and that you or alone.
A Young)

“Commas after it and when clauses
+ Use comma hee:

‘+ Dost us a comma her:

When je fl vey ses go d te gam or

e een
—

‘yore feeling sessed, oy tes ss.
When you fe! sessed, o te gym

oo the gyn men you fel stressed

2

94. — Vocabulary notebook

It done for homewark

Pre present the Learning Tip and the task directions.
Make tie Ss understand what they need do.

If done in class

1 Preset ering Ip lead the information aloud. Say,
"Ive good to study nex words or expresion with
other words you an use with them. Geis ery
‘common vers. You can ge sick, get in shape, and

Beta docto, What oder health word can you use

‘with get" Cll ona ew Sto answer (08, checkup,

Dial, Roudache), Say, “Think about the ajecire

heal: What vers can come before eh” Call on
ew Ss to answer e. el est

Past Wat e Mater? Ask pairs to guess the thee
health problems people talk about he ment Then
have them read the information andchecktheir

ED The following sks
Fecyce healt rested
Vocabulary wit emphasis
fon the verbs that precede
‘hem.

1

= Preview an oh st Read
{he instructions aloud
Have Ss look atthe chart,
Pinout that they can use
each word or expresion
from the boxoly once.

= Have Ss compete the ch
(Check answers with the
‘dass,

Ansmers
‘na te, ck

shone, ote
‘at bree meine

2

1 Proview ao tsk ead
‘theinstructons alo
Have Ss complete the chart
Have S compare their
answers in pars Check
Answer ith the clas,

Answers
t/t st sek

Gi oc
09/2010 acc
Dern
‘topes

ea sane

be on cos) /t bone

1-20 + Units» Heath

dojo nue
m/v a acta
tare ace

da) et ay matty
e/a gto se coco

(On your own
Presa Oo Your Da end the information lo.
a Follow ap At he start ofthe next lass have Ss workin

smal groupsto report the names othe medicine they
found and what hey are used or.

Vocabulary notebook

ane oa ameter
e

95. Free talk 3 en

1 2
1 Preven and eo nk Tell Ssto ura to the backof 1 Proview an oe tat Rea the instructions loud
e ‘heir Student Book and look at Fre Talk. Read the Haves gure out her partners scores and then read
Fr instruction ald Have Sedo te ask their partners the appropriate heath profes.
a Have Sa workin pairs taking turns intevicwingeach Wen S ni, ak, "Who agres with thelr health
Other andeirligthe answers profiler Who disagrees?
r = Felon ep ook ovr the questionnaire a
» what dey want todo to Improve helt health,
x
be
LA
la
E
A
1 Pat e ed pod en ara re
i

A

>

73

S Unit 3 Heath» T-30A

96. Touchstone checkpoint Units 1-3

3. How many words do you remember?

Answers othe class

Before yu bin the Tousen Checkpint lo ink for re language pons rem Uni (Grammar 5
Vocal. Conversation Strategies tt ey ar unse of ve make nie hm Anden nb te an
‘ew het e
1 Can you complete this conversation? z
ED This task recycles he present of be the simple = =
rot an preset cime, g
to us
a dec As Vat ae ppt the tes 70 ema no I
Son non Ta ete eh Besen BO
ann lens Clans cata a CUES mS wn. ea go 0
¿ley remember wo ore talking pone cee ar ba rem he
Fe as eg a Tg men are dela bout you? Are you doing anything speci today? Are you s
Ron On woman oka uch 5 I
= Pre nd ei Wee thesis om the Ten He mama es ota: ac
‘conversation on the bord: ven morring. 4

2 HL How you oy? Ban Wor te SO wt oy ae ®

2 ot Ah The col BE nn ung ie,

À That Oum ae: fet emg soy J
Have tre S come othe bord and exch complete 2
asenenc ing be snl reso pe 1 Pcie astra he caves inp,
cosas redoing 2 ave > Paincouihe E Taso rac y
three different verb forms: present continuous, simple Res
a de preset of es z

e coran ee MBAS pale
ruca pes comia th ren ob se questions am he conectan on 5
eet a the ne fern
A cc 2
class. a +
2 How can you say no? = 51
CD Thistle prono ace app =
The convertion ary lag money a. J
= Pue ta wre campo semenceondhe ME den 5
boar aclare 2. m na a are
Cone ojos seee Callado à EC wh ne J
cero em anden a On
What word does the objec prono replace?” [colds] ana. z
Circle the word. "lalo — À
= Date Hv Ss completes
‘het pronouns Check att hte + messen a; at Rae I
Sinai tostada on Forest om, sateen and taka unver quests pour
Sa und sra djs ru Arsenio remember y no na el mapeo ~
replace te Sometiendsandt TN motel encore ede rap D
Ge 5 Norah onen ados 1 Fao A fo ai prevent hr qustons and ®

(ED This task cycles the vocabulary of muse, TV
‘Shows, hobble, ches, and health probleme al
cycle the conversation strategy of encouraging
people to al

‘category names, and the example in te chart lod.
Have Ss complete de chart with tel own ideas
When Ss nah, check answers withthe last have Ss
callout Hens or each category.

‘7-31 + Units 1-3 Touchston checkpoint

8

1 Prisa doth task Red the instructions lou
Have to Ss read the example converaton aloud
“el pats to abe turns talking aba he things they
wrote in he char im Part A Tell them to make nate of
Anything hey haven common,

Fall A ow pars tl the class one thing they have
In common (e, We both realy tke rock mast.

97. Touchstone checkpoint

1 Can you complete this conversation? _

Complete the conversation. Use the simple present or present
continuous. Then practice with a partner.

Teri Hi. How _ave_ you Ading_ (do)?
uth Not bad. Actually

(have) acold again. But Im OK.

Tori Oh, thats too bad, So, what y (do) today?
Rush My classmate Saly’s here. We (plan) an end-of-term party
a Everybody (wan some tive music this year.
a How about you? you (do) anything
special today? you (item) toa co?
F ‘eri No, that (be) my brother. He (play)
$ his guitar He (practice) every morning,
r Ruth Hey (be) he fee on Saturday?
A Br (ant to play at our party?
2 We (need) somebody like him.
O e NEAR de ki)? He's only ent
2 How can you say no?

C Add object pronouns tothe sentences. Then ask and answer the questions. If your
answers no, remember to say no in a friendly way.

1 Thate cold, and Iget them _ lot. Do you get alot of cokdst
‘Some friends and I go toa jazz club every Monday. Do you want to join
T have to go to the hospital tomorrow. Can you come with 2
My dad wants to paint the house next weekend. Can you help — 1
ve listening to Norah Jones. She's great Doyoulike 1007
Yin reading a book about the martial art. Would you like o borrow

next week?

8 “Do you gel a lot of colds?” “Not realy | don't realy get sick too often.

8 How many words do you remember?

‘A Complete the chart. How many things can you think of for each column?

= =

in your chart. Encourage your partner to talk

A Well, realy like rock muse.
8 Really? Who do you listen to? mean, who are your favorite bands?

98. Touchstone checkpoint Unts 1-3

4 What do you have in common? 7]
Complete the sentences with activities. Then compare with a partner. Continue your conversations.
1 Mike a 3. Tmnot good at 5. thate ..
2. 1dont enjoy 4 leant. —_. 6 l'minérest 2

A Ike to play softball. How about you?
8 Oh, 1do oo. play on a team on weekends
À Really? just play with some friends ater work. Actual, we have a game tonight

5 Surprise, surprise! _
‘Complete he conversation, Use the sentences in the box. Then practice

ith a partner.

Alice Hi, Cal. How are things? Alice Saxophone and trumpet. But really J
Carl Great, How's scheel? need to find someone to play with me. 9
Alice Um, actually Im not at school this year. Carl play he piano,
Cari ___0,whatare you doing? Alce You pla te plano? That's great. Maybe
Alice Well Ym looking for job right now. we can practice together sometime.
Carl Reallyt — D Tm free this Friday Y
Alice Wel, Fike to play music in clubs, but~ Cari Wharsyourphonenumbet —
A Alice 1685-9003. OK, so call me. Oh, look a the

play jazz time. Sorry, have o go. J
Carl
6 What can you say ordo...2 _ ______ Self-check J
‘A Pair work what can you say or do in these situations? Do you agree? How sre are you shot hese aras?
Cirle th pereonapes.
What can you say when... Fe 2
= you meet your now neighbors forthe fest timer eee as al e
‘= a new student joins the class and seems nervous? vocable
2 the person next you un the subway looks sick? 20% 0% 60% sn
= you meet someone interesting ata party? comersaion strategies
2 you have an umbrella at «bus stop on a rainÿ day, and 295 40% 60% 00% 1008 ‘
the person next to you is getting very wet? - =
‘A What can you say when you meet new neighbors for the ist time? Study plan .
8 Let me think... “Hello”... “How are you?" “Would you like ‘What do you vont review? >=
Girl he sons. .
some cote?
grammar
1h 8 2A 28 3498
B Pair work Choose a situation. Prepare a short conversation to act vocablay -
Out for the class. wunmam
conversation strategies ,
cas

32

99. 4 What do you have in common? __
E Tas tank eyes the vocabulary or hobbies and

interesse also reyes o à verb, ver + ing and
responses with oo and ater

= Preview and d te ask Say “Complete the sentences
A with acts.” Mode the tas by completing onc oF
M Asso semences yourself eg Le 1 arch baseball.

Toni enjoing dancing) ave Se complete the
a Sentences with thelr own information
= When Ss is, have two Ss read the example
umerstion loud. Then sa, "What oer responses

>

CD thistaskrecycestatking about hobbies and
Interests. lo cel he strategies of encouraging
People to talk and showing surprise

F = Sete sue Tells ta rad the sentences in the ox
Say "There ae two people talking in Ihe conversation,
Wa do you think they ae talking about” Cetideas
from seg. Theyre talking about te kind of muse
‘he Uke the insiruments he pla cho.

= Preview and do te atk Read the instructions an

= Sample non Have complete the conversation,

“ingeach choice ny ce. Che sonne
the hasard the conversation loud, pause at he

‘ising parts, and call on Seto ay the sentences

IX

ÿ

a)

y

i)

q Answers
Ai MG How ates?
Cu Gat Hows soon

Ai Un al Im ala she is ya,

6 What can you say or do... 2

(© This task rcyces joining clauses with when.

A ‘so recycler the conversation strate at

2 ‘Conversation with someone you dn no know

= A

a Peron no Red the instructions loud Have
diferent Sn read ach question loud. Then have two,

E Ss rend the example conversation aloud,

e = De etat Have pars discuss ther ideas Have Ss
mate nae of he answer they agree on,

A = Folin. Read cach question alud, and cal on pas

+ Self-check, Study plan 2
a Tell So that hs charts ep them deny
language they need o review. Ask Sto think about
Aer workin Checkpoint and inthe nits they
A complete the questions.
= Pese Sa hek Read the instructions andthe tree
language areas aloud. Tel seo rl à percentage
foreach art: rom 20%, which means hey are mt
‘very sure they Know the area, t 100%, which means
A ii ER

5 Surprise, surprise! iri

‘an A gve tof?” Call on Seto give ideas eg. Rely?
What tine No way! Can eam

= Have Ss compare thet sentences i pairs: one Seeds
what he she wrote the her agrees or disagrees,
And then hey continue he conversation, lave e
‘ake nate of things heyhave in common Tel Ss o
{ke ens reading their sentences,

Folio Pairs report othe class about what they hase
An common (eq. We bth ke sofa Actual, ant
‘joer ea

Ga re o sare? 5, tata you eb?

‘ice he Fn cora pon.

(Ga Ra? Wat you want 07

lc Wel Tas py sen cs, ba

a

A er

Can el st een dos gay?

ics Sou aa umge Bury nes to dome
‘ey wh me

car (aye na Bat a, toy ina ae

ics Vu pay ano? Tats ra Maye we capas
et set, Irse ey.

a Lam oe, Mato ou pore ne?

As HUESCA OK se mh ok ae me Sa |
ote

Ga Meteo re my soe toto

1 Prsiee Tell Sto practice Une conversation In pas,
‘aking turn playing each ae

{oll she class about ideas they agreed on. The class
Aliseusses whether they ate good gestion.

8

1 Preven ak eat instructions alo, Sa; “Use
Your deu fom Part Ato stat conversation forthe
‘uation. Continue as ong ae ou can”

1 Date ta Have pair prepare a short conversation
‘After pales nish practicing thelr convertion, el
fate pair to act them out forthe clas The class

pairs cho.

Ask sto compar the language

ins hey wrate at the beginning ofthe lesen with
thelr completed chart Ask "Are you tl unsur ofthe
same language points?”

1 Prs Stay Pla ed the instructions aloud. Tell Se
Look back at Uni Ind compete the Study Plan,

Have Ss hand in lec of paper ith thelr name and

ali ole lesson they cried, Review or each any

ofthese language em in future clas

‘Units 1-2 Tovehstane checkpoint» T-32

100. Unit 4
4 Celebrations Language notes

Lesson A Birthdays ———

Grammar few we ging te
{See Students Book p.35)
gong 0 = verbs one ofthe most common ways used
totalKabout the ture
forn
= Satements
subject be golng 0+ ver
‘Ware gong 1 go au for dinner,
= Yeso questions
‘be subject + going 0 + verbo
‘Are you going to havea big wedding?

Information questions

question word + be + subject + going verb
rare jou going odo on your birthday?
se
* Be going o's used t talk about personal plans and
intentions, especially when a person has alteady made
‘decision to do something.
‘Pm going o buy Mom something special.
= Be goings used to make predictions abo future
acts events, especial! when the person has
reasons or evidence to prédit the,
She ing bea great aer
ging o in.
(See so Language Notes fr Unit

Corpus information Gago

Going rs one ofthe top 150 “items” including single
words and expressions) in spoken English. bout 7)
percent ote uses of og are or he fare

Lessons)

__Lesson B Special days =

Grammar present comms loa fr: ogo
(Gee Student Book p37)
‘Thislesson presents another way of talking about he
future using the present continuous
1 People often use the present continuous 0 al about
arrangements that Uy have already made.
What are you ola fo New Year's Eve? = What
arrangement have ou made?
= Going to suggests the ide of intentions
Wiha are you going o d for New Ye Bis = What
do yon tendo plato do?

Grammar ware! obec

(Gee Students Rook p. 5)

The chart shows the word order or sentence with tw

objets a dret object and an indirect objec.

1 Inthe sentence fm going to buy my mother a necklace
the indirect object I my mother the dret object isa
hectace The direct abject comes est The direct
abject soften the name ofthe person who receives
the action explained by the ver

= The person recoit
direct objet bata preposition I
enorm.

‘Tm going buy a neckace for my mother.
Let sent some flowers to Mom and Dad.

Form

bet pronouns are used or indirect objets.
Tim going o sen my fiend. card
Tr going to send him a cart

The school going to give our class a graduation par
The sol ging opor graduation party.

Speaking naturally Going ©
(See Student Bonk p85)

In conversational speech, going can be reduced 0
Asa or ana lo reflet he reduction o una, lng
os fie spelled gorras particular in song pic,

= theres ite ditecenc in meaning between going o
land the present contimunus t talk sou fra plans.
* Going, unos present continunus, can also be
sed to alk about predictions of event
‘song snow: = prediction
lis Snowing = ongolng ution

101. (= LessonC Festivals and things. =

= Conversation strategy “Yao express
{See Student Book p38)
"Vague" expressions are very common in spoken
a English especially in informal conversations People
‘use them when they expect the otis person in

A ‘conversation to understand what they mean,

r How do you cita birthday and things?

= and shings= special occasions in general, suchas
annee or holidays

= "Vague" language can give conversations a friendly
oran infor fel See also Touchstone students
Book Uni 2, Lesson Cor or anything al
a omar, which are recyeea here)

Corpus information gos" ess

a ‘The expressions ad ta and everything and

= and hing are In the op 900 single words and
“expressions in conversation. The most common ie

= ‘ana stuf und al the most informal,

a = These expressions most follow nouns but they

can also be used after verbs and other types of
A vor. Over 30 percent of thus and hinge and
20 percent of and sure followed by lke na

Strategy plus “ape esposos

(See Student Hook. 39)

“This teaches more vague expressions in te form of
responses: [don know. Im nal sure, Maybe, doped
People use responses ke these either when they re
ot sure he answer aif they want 0 hear ore
Information before they decide on ayes or no answer.

Corpus information "Vaz" uns

don know and maybe ae in the op 200 single words
And expressions in conversation. Pm na sure inthe
{op 1,500. depends isin he op 3.500,

‘Note that the Information in In Conversion shows
‘the relative frequencies ofthese expremions a
responses,

le = Other common expresions Its ar aná har
Find] higado Min
= LessonD Traditions _ Ze __
A Help note wars pasos rates 2 Les format closings
A (Soc Students Bok nt) Take cre,
> ‘The Help Note gives openings and closings for personal See
a motos eters The les forma examples ar loue tom
A Vid end amily and oer people zo knowl’ Moreforalcosins
The more formal examples ar for se with colleagues Het thes,
fal (eat won and suis. Best ead
A 1 Les formal openings Aime es
® Deer tne,
Heine,
- = Moce formal opening
2 ear. Calin,

Language notes » Unit 4

102. Celebrations -

Teach is unt pening page logeter with Lessan A one lass peed >

aide te hee le ui Say “This units about celebrations. Celebration can be special events in peoples ves,
ke birthdays and weddings. They conalso be special days that eseryon in country celebrates lke Mothers Day. ~
On some days. the hoe country celebrates a holiday; and people donot go o work Name à special holiday in thi

country” Cal ana feu Se 6 answer, Ask “What oer spect days can you think of” Calon afew Sto answer ig,
Valenine% Daya regions holiday y

„In Unit 4, you learn how to .

1 Ut as ad the unit ain loud. Te Sto ten and

Era city = cles pars
Dr Sao oh the pictures in he uni and Find >
reo ocn ep e. 6

ting 3% buy; p88 or: afta p38).
pair sell each other the name of the een Ask J
Sera pats to cal ut he events they found. 5
„Before you begin ..... = — >]
= ac sell el Inte pires Have Ss ok at à
Bee Ban Ten ste ge 3

Se repeat ay "These are poca eves hat Do iremen ages va eS as

Gehen im then ine | A {hat people stopped workingin Noth Amer, y

‘Some people now want o continue Working past,

(© heee ganar Th tan rece the present Bese poole nen wan cons oy Pee

Continuous andthe simple preset and hei se

“quedase o nop working Some companies and >
= Say “Look rot pitos Which ofthese special {eters och unicos eq popeto |
event Celebrating? Callout apltare aie at wether they wan form nac ited -
umber an hve ti Ss dsc the event Tal Se tone nice des 5
toannwerinacomplcesenence eq 7 How about el mont stage cs along ee ing
pure ITS: To bcn a radianes, Repeat Me o
{he quemen for plus 2-42. y recaiga
retitement They celebrating wedding.
Areco e bia beh | ein pees 8
= Askthe cas, "What other special eya do people en
sul coat Work witha partner nd vil See O
Eee mon ration beatae ie pt rot. ë
1 tee Par report thet ist of pil dys
bir: name day Valens Da. ree gious y
Poli der natal Bay. NemindSs io o
answer incompleto sentences (eg, Pople cla
ther hay). ke the peca day onto boat or J
Ars copy

1-33 + Unité» Celbraions

103. Celebrations

In Unit 4, you learn how to...

use going lo andthe present continuous to talk

about the future.
= use indirect object pronouns.

talk about birthdays, celebrations, and favorite holidays.
= use “vague” expressions ike and everything.

give “vague” responses lke Maybe and It depends.

Before you begin...

‘Which of these special events are the people celebrating?

jduation = awedding m the birth of a baby
mn engagement = aretirement = a wedding anniversary

‘What other special days do people celebrate?

104. Lesson A Birthdays

Months Y

coast ten tre
Sane

Alicia It's Mom's birthday on the fist. Remember?
‘She's going to be 501
Dave Oh, that’s right. What are you going to get her?

Alicia li going to buy her something special, ike a
‘necklace. Then i's Mom and Dad's anniversary
on the tenth

Dave Right. We usually give them something.

Alicia We? You mean, Ido! Let's, um, send them
some flowers.

Dave OK. Then it's my birthday on the twenty-third,

Alicia Yeah, | know. Im going to get you the same
thing you got me = nothing!

A @ Listen and say the months and the days of the month. When is your birthday?
Circle the month and the dey. Tell the class.

My ir in May” “My birthdays on May ent" My ira on te tenth of May”

B €? Listen. What gifts are Alicia and Dave going to buy? Practice

ñ
Mau: © Can you complet the answer tothe question? Then practice with a partner.
À What ate you going odo for your next birthday?
2 Lébinkm

34

105. IDEA

»

ro) e 2 eee >) 2) 8) 8)2) 8) 2) p18)

>

SOON

5

Less A Birthdays

1 Getting started 3

2 Sat sao Read the lesson tle aloud. Ask, "Wat
Ste some vaya tha ou cabreo your birthday?
‘aks to cal out chi las (eg, have a party go out
Jr dame AS "What do you do when Ks another

Person birthday?” Ask Ss lo ideas (eg, Buy. ab,
Jy aspect

AEP cor mess)

1 Prev ak Tell Set listen and repeat the months

bfthe year and the numbers forthe dass ofthe month.
Models date by saying "My birthday i July seventh =

1 Fly rca Ss sen and repeat,

= Write onthe board: 2, 5,2021. Ask SL look
the mumbers in Daya he Month. Say Find hese
‘numbers and elle them, How do yo sy ben as
‘des As Se callout he word, te the ordinal
‘number apd he word on the board et hr 2nd
(second) Sede Sh (Me) 20 (vente
(weny rs)

Say." Wh most numbers, just add tho say as dat,
Notice hat 2, and are afferent first, second,
thi Also, the ¿pelin changes or some numbers.
en you ah Write and Sy, “Change
"eto fand add the Wake run and tents Ask
aa the change? Champey o and add e] Sy.
Look at he ie. Find three mote numbers tar have
ferent pelings. nit, col, tre

= Ask, “When's your birthday?” Tell So cri the
month and day

1 Rea the three examples aloud. Ask. “Whats the
reposition when You Jus name the mon i)
Fat the preposton when you ame the month
andthe dite” [on] "What are the prepostions when
ou name the date and then the mosh (on of Aska
{eve Seto ell he cass when weir birthday.

Eur sci loss
ie on Dann theme mon. te ame |
Un dere mont any One ate
Sully cl untada (So m,
Ey 55 Jul 2 Ss se a mat ate
‘then thy ara ca ii tint,
Sine moon the sun day Sete ond cat
names ve he same ida

Extra activi = groups

“Ask, "Who has any classmates with a birthday le
ame month” AS Ss tras thelr hand, and cal
‘on tenn o report tothe cies Do Le same for these
uestions: "Vo has any classmates witha brida
Ou the same day?” Who has ay classmates witha
Birthday on the same month and day?” {

Unit 4 Celebrations

BE (001,123.26)

‘Proview bk Say, “Alicia and Dave have same spec
(ren to celebrate. What gifts ar they going 0 buy?
in and wate the answers”

= Faye org Have Seite and wrt the answers.
(Check anawers ith the ls. lia something
speci ike wneeace Ala and Dave floss

= Pay rc again Write onthe board: ens and
Dates Say "Allein and Dae alk about the events
sten und wit ie name ofthe event and the date.
Look atthe pletare to get some help

= Pay neering aun Tell Soto red long and review
heit answers Checkanswers ith the ease. Moms
ida May 18: Mom and Dads anniversary May
Toth; Dane ita May 2300)

= Prcien Tell Sst practice the conversation in pars,
taking curs playing each role

a

‘preven Sy “Thee ree trent

CES and one question inthe conversation that have
‘the phrase ob en them, What ae they” [Shes
ola to be 50! What are you going together? in going
fo uyher something special, ke «seca. Im
Being vou tue same thing you got me nothing
Rok “What kindof word comes ater ging o" base
form ota see

1 Do he ask Have Ss complet the answer to the
«question. Check answere withthe Gass ask few Ss
the question.

Possible answers

km gg mo a pay og ot itn eds
nego at rao

Foca on te erm Wie on the board
Le
he she —
they
Ask, “What comes before going a form of bel Ask
‘ew Seto got he board and nd he correct form of
be jm pare esi stare er are tel
1 Feces on use Write onthe boar What ar you going
todo nex eetond? Ask, lr wntence about now
future (Ue future] Say, "People often use
ing o» veto talk bout the future”
= Trio Tell Seto take turns waking and answering
question in eis, When hey Hals talking, have
Sesma nes pairs and ask and answer he question
again.

goin havea pay

Unit4 Celebrations » T-34

106. 2 Grammar

win

Presa a granea ehrt Play the recording, Site
and repeat.

= Unterstan he grammar Tl Ss 0 ook tthe Mis
‘column nthe chart Weite these sentence onthe
board: Shes ing ob 30. What are yo gong to for
Jour birthday? Are you going han apy Elicit he
Following sentence patterns for future seit gong"

temen, information question, and yer no questo,

ave various Ss cal her ut, and rite cach one next

olhe appropriate semence above
subject + es going base form ofthe verb
em won be ses» ong» efor of

be + subject yoing n+ base orm ofthe web

lave write now examples fr each pattem onthe
{opie of birthdays. Tell Sto work in pair, ending
‘each others examples and answering the questions
‘sith rue information

= Writeon he boar:

(who for. (what)
Ai going buy her mother a neckiace

‘Ask, ati lc poing to buy?” A necklace “Who
Is Alicia going ou a necklace fr” Iher mother
Epia, "The answers tothe what? and the ho for?
Questions both come after he ver” Wate on the
board: Die object and indirect abject Sa. "The
answer 9 wha aed dre objec. The answer to
tao fori ale an marc obje

3 Speaking naturally _

Amina

* Pr ka When people use going is
‘tea std quickly and het were sand cone
rd Read theory

1 Pay te erg Sate ance

B 6 çoi mass)

[reten at Tl seo rend vor of
E” the sentences Sy “Listen and match ti tw
paris ofeach question,

Pis De recen Audi crpt. 7297 Pause after the
fst question. Pint ot th example answer. Pay the
rest of the recording Sister and match the two parts
‘ofeach sentence,

= Pay cra again Check answers with te lass
pause after each question, Ask Sto rend the complete
‘Question iii the pronuneation of yng tat
hey heat for that question,

1-35 + Unita» cteoratons

Ask sto ook athe second column ofthe ch
"Compare te semences using nouns as indirect
‘objects and indirect objet pros What pronoun
is used or my mother” bt) “How about Dave
Thil “What shout Mom and Dad ther (For move
Information, se Language Notes atthe beginning of
Ahisunie)

A

Proview a doh tack Have S compete the
2221” questions with going. Have Se compare their
“answers in pair, Then check ner with the lass

Answers
ou Da de aging ss or our ty?
eo ga nt our nds oma gay?
este gag bake you ay ca?
ae gig e by ys sorting nex?
How oc pc ures glg oe an bar a Bd?
ors eth?

ee

2
3
=

Mat ae you galo mu

* Say “Witeyour wen answers the quest
indirect object pronouns where necessary" late Ss
complete thease,

1 Preview and oie ast Read the instructions alow
"To model use task two Seto read the example
conversation aloud Tell ple o take turns asking and
answering the questions om Part

= Falo Ss change partners and do the exercise
ain

Answers.
Le 2e a0 4a sv

Have Se read the example conversation. Tel St
‘workin pairs taking tome asking and aswering the
questions

“ake ane fe answer and report bout
Maman.

(BEB ain Workbook pp 26 and 27. (The answer key
Begins onp.F248)

107. B o ar ‘ 4 Clans

2 2 Grammar Future with going to; indirect objects € EE

E Im going t buy sorating special Inalrect objects

a voue going to get a present Im going to buy my mother somating spec
Sres. going tobe 50 Alca ent og lo gue Dave anyrırg

o Were going to sona same ones. Lats ser Mom and Dad some lovers

© They're going to have a par.

a What are you going to do for your birthday? De mures

® I'm not going to do anything special ips, you fia: ber us He,

° Ara you going to havea party? im gong 15 buy her something special

5 Yes ws are Were going o te al ourfrends. | Ali ent ga to ave him anything

2 No wee not Vier not going to do much. | Lets send them some Powers

> MB À Complete the questions using going o. Then weite your own answers, using

® indirect object pronouns where necessary.

o 1 you do anything special for your nex birthday?

o 2 you invite our friends over fora party?

o 3, someone bakayouabirthdaycake?
4. your parents buy you something niet

o 3. How old yourparents bean theirnext bethdays?

0 6. What you give your father or his birthday?

o How about your mother? And your best friend?

o B Pair work Ask and answer the questions.

9 A Are you going to do anything special for your next birthday?

o B Yeah. My friends are going to buy me dinner al a Thai restaurant.

a 1. Are you going toe a. spend your next birthday with?
A 2. How many cards are you golngto —— b. send anyone flowers this year?
3. Are you goingto —— +. send this year?

o 4. Who are you going to — 4. send anyone a card this month?
0 5. Are you going to —— +. buy anyone a gift this month?

e A Are you going to buy anyone a git vis month?
o 8 Yeah, my brother. His birthday is on ie A. | think Im going to buy him a watch.

35

108. Lesson B

Special days

1 Building vocabulary —

> A What do people do on these special days? Find two expressions from the box foreach.
event. What else do people do? Add ideas.

blow out candies on a cake

go outforaromantic diner shout “Happy New Year”
‘ive someone chocolates 90 to see fireworks sing “Happy Birthday
exchange rings 90 trick or treating wear a cap and gown
get a degree or diploma have a reception / wear a costume

graduaion day |

Abo

von

B Pair work Talk about special days or events you are going to celebrate this year
When are they? How are you going to celebrate them?

A m going to have a Halloween party In October.
3 ls everbody going to wear costumes? Are you ging ogo tick ortreatig, 00?
36

109. tessonB Special days

talked about athe Beginning ofthe unt Which two
¿do ou like bee ave several Seal their to
Favorite ration

Preven te ak Have Ss ook at the ptas. Read

LEE” ae name ofeach day aloud, and have S repeat.

= Point out the expressions above the pictures. Read
sch one loud and have Se rpeet Sy, "What do
people do on these special days? Find tw expressions
From the bot foreach picture”

= Dot nt Have Ss complete the ask and thes
‘compare heir answers In pales Check answers with
the class

‘Answers

1. Halonen: var costume, go tek ort

2 Wet D lees hss, go oc

3 bey Sow ends on cl, ng "Happy Der
“gradation an acen Soma wear pan ow
5 in ar Er. ot Ss nor, seu Happy Mow Yea"
mégane omo aci

Ask Whale do people do? Work wlth aparene.
‘Add one dea for ech special day” Go around the

‘lass and help as needed Then havea few pas report
nei

as (oth class WeiteS Meas onthe board

Preview he st Read the instructions aloud. Ask

“EE two Seto read the example conversation alo

‘Ask, "What can À ey next?” ire Sas on he
Pour ea, es hey are ln oh o Bea pirat. No,
theyre nat. Nobody uns o rte OR Na Im
ol Triker-rvatingisforehilven Yes Lam. Love
candy)

Unt 4 Celebrations

= Doit tek Have ats discuss the celbrations hey are
gto have tha year nou Sto continue tele
“scans as long es hey an,

(ED Beck comerte tag This task reviews
Strategies or encouraging people to talk Remind S
{o respond wi comment and follow up question
‘were possible. Have Serepea the ask using the
Concerti tategy

= Fa Several Stel the class about a special day or

Extra vocabulary: corten
‘Present orhave Se suggest extra vocabulary or
rations. such as exchange ring / tous wear a el
Trdg gor tax, lo party horn, vea pese,
rap present pur on special maksup.

Extra activity > indviónals pars
Sa make alist of restos they do fr diferent
Holy When finshed, Ss sha her ssn pals. À

fe Ss then report the most interesting actives they
and tothe ass

tra activity país

‘Stlook st the vocabulary inthe x in Par. Stake
furs asking and answering questions using ech of
the expressions (eg. Did ou blow ou candies on a
‘ake on your birthday? D ou usually ge someone
‘hocoates on Valentine Day Did your parents
exchange rings on their wedding day),

"Unit Celebrations + T:36

110. 2 Building language —

1 Seite cee Say; “imagine you sre making plans for
‘New Year's Eve. Tella parte what you ae ging,
oto celebrate Have a ew Se report thes partner”
plans

A cor ma)

= Preview he sk fend he instructions aloud Say “Close
your books and sen fr he answer tothe question
What are Marcella plan for New Years Eve? The
vet the answer?

= Pay rc Sista and write the answer. Check
the answer withthe ass. [Marcela going ut for
‘inner witha group offends and then to big New
Year's Eve part

Pa erecrding ap Vtt onthe board meets he
restauran, got he par
Say "Listen again. What times ae they going to do
these things Ss ten and wt

= Paye recrdig sai ook open. Se read along and
revlewthelransers Check aver the ene
‘ate rare 30; goto the party around 1-0

3 Grammar

LITE

1 Present be grammar eat Pa the recording Ss sen
and repeat. (For mor information, see Language
Notes a be beginning otis wait)

Understand be grammar Tell Sto read the top section
fe char Wie onthe board: When, Wie, Wh,
Say “Write to questions about future plans foreach
‘question wor. Wie one question ne present
ontingoun and one with pr à vers”

Ak several So alli question (e, Wen
“are on gracing When ar you going la Graduate

= Fa Scask andanewer the questions they wrote
inpais

Ask So read te bottom section of the chat Aska
few Ss "What an sou predict about our nest ests
going 0 be easy? Wary he weather going tobe ike
tomorrow Isle glngro be sunny or dowdy”

A

* Prien add hack Say "Read the plans on the et
and te predictions height. Then match ech
plan wth prediction” Read he example answer
‘loud: und have Ss complet the tas

= Haves compare their answer in pars Check
answers with the clas

Answers
Le 20 3e 4b Se

4 Vocabulary notebook

= Te Seto turn t Vocabulary Notebook on p. 42 of thelr
Students Books Haves do the task class or asin
ihn for homework. (Se he feaching notes on p PAE)

T-37 + Unit + Celebration

Pr sd ot Sy “ed Mareas
CEE phone message again, Find and underline he
plans Then ind and erele che weather prediction
ay “reiting making guess about something In.
the future”
= Call on inaiviual to ead the answers slo, and
‘ste them on the board
Plans
1. A group of us are gong out for inner and then wa
Di Ne Youre par
2 Were meeting at the restaurant a 8:30, and were
probably going go 1 he part round 1:00.
Prediction:
3... they say suing to snow tomorow
Nte erm and e we Ask, “What ver form fused
In sentence 1° (present conimuons] How about
sentence 2” present continuous and ying t= ve
(fare wits going o) “What about sentenee 37” going
to seb are th ging}
1 Say “People use both the present con
ing o «srt talk about the ana.

= Ask costo model the tskby reading bc example
Conversation, Then have Ss role lay pars using
each plan and prediction o Start conversa
Encourage S 1 continuo ther discuto a long
heycan.

(© Res a camera rag This tas reeycles
Teaction expressions such as That co and fos
(questions. (Toralist ot ar expressions sce
Touchstone Students Bok Un Lesson)

(BSE Preview ne ask Read the instructions alud,

TT ast wo o rad the example conversation
‘loud. Witton the boar hat on! has 10 baa
‘Ask "Which ofthese expressions can you ay xr
{That's cool "What other Thar expressions do you
remember As Ss call em ot wee them on the
board Say “Keep your conversations going wih Tha
expressions and lll questions”

= Dabe st Have pais ind out about each there
plans. Go around the clas, and help as needed.

= Foow.ap Several Ss report on thet partners plans for
exe weekend or their nen lay.

Bra act par |
on the bona: Get married Children? Rich?
Job als use these ideas o others wre

Predicton abut themselves lama. Several

Pals repor tel predietios tthe clas |

SB Assign Workbook p.21 and 20. (Th anewerkey
begins on p.T248)

111. Uni Celebrations

© 2 Building language

A Listen to Marcellas phone message. What are er plans for New Year's Eve?

Voice mail Hi. This is Laurie Please leave a message after the beep.

Thanks for calling
Marcella Hi, Laurie, This is Marcella Listen, what are you

doing tomorrow night? A group of usare going out
for dinner and then to a big New Years Eve party.
Do you want to come? We're meeting atthe restaurant
8:30, and we're probably going too tothe party
around 11:00 es going to be alt of fun, So
back, OK? Ob, and by the way, they say
snow tomorrow, so be careful. Bye,

ro? on

(PR B vind Marcella' plans. Find the weather prediction. What verb forms does she use?

599

2

à

=

5

bed {A Match each plan with a prediction. Then role-play with a partner. Ask follow-up questions.

5 1. My best lena’ getting married in May. _ a. think hes going to ve it

bs 2, Were going trick-or-reating on Halloween. — D, She's goingto be a great lawyer.
3. My parents are goingto getme something special €. goingto bea fun wedding

o forgraduation. — 4. Is gogo rai, but we dont care

a 4 My sisters graduating from law school soon. €. Lihinktheÿre going to get me

o 5. Fun going to get my dad ate forhis birthday. — laptop.

A My best friend's getting married in May. I's going tobe a tun wedding.
8 Oh. Where are they having the reception?

A. pair work Find out about each other plans for next weekend and the next holiday

“What are you doing on Friday night?” “Tm meeting a rien. We're going to go loa cub.”

© 4 Vocabulary notebook Calendars _

See page 42 for a new way to log and learn vocabulary.

112. 1 Conversation strategy Vague" expressions
‘A What do you think the under expression means? Check (/) two ias
We ave aot ot esk nd things ke that E
ob ctra hala CUS

© how sen. What happens during te esta? 1 don't know. depends

What is it exactly?
ay Well i’ just, um... tsa

festivals lols of parades and
Stu ko the. Everybody gels
dressed up, you know.

You mean in costumes?

Yeah. There are hundreds of
cute litle kids in purple and
silver outfits with makeup and
everything
Uh-huh. Un, Im not big on
parades.

ind there's good food. You can
get all kinds of tacos and things.
Do you want to 90?

Tina Hmm. Wel, maybe.

Notice how Ray uses “vague” expressions tke and everything
and and things (ike (a). He doesn't need to give Tina a complete
list Find examples inthe conversation,

“You can get all kinds of
tacos and things.”

In conversation
B What do the “vague” expressions mean in these
conversations? Choose two ideas from the box for Pace fn say and stun very normal tuations.
ach one. Then practice with a partner. and stat wi and things

anniversaries concerts dancing holidays sing “Happy Birthday"
candles cultural events folksongs see old friends,

© 4 Do you goto. restaurant 10 celebrate birthdays and stuff? Velldays.
B Yeah, we know a nice place. They bring out cakes and everything.

© 4 Are you into traditional music and stuf ike thar?
B Yeah, we have aot of music festivals and things ike that around here

© A What are you doing for New Years? CA
B Im going home. really want Lo see my family and everything. Ona

38

113. )

OO

tesson€ Festivals and things

int 4 Celebrations

ED Lessee repas race and pact comuna and going o ear.

9101010) 019) Op) 2)2) e010) s)e/e 0) T
|
à
2
i

SIO IOI

y

HO):

)

Wy ue “ape” expressions?
Prog use ago gross ha seg ada gs o.
‘at when ey eget stato now wha y ar tre

do Vo asa han conan sed ne
conto Former, be ene Pts e
big of isn)

= Sete con Read the ilo the leswon aloud iy,
“Ray ad Tina are in acafé Theyre talking about the
‘esrpaper Ray ls showing Tina. What does say"
(Old Spanish Days; Festa Say “festival sa eros
‘ofeventsandeeeortions, usally orpanized around
“central theme" Ask, "What words r op d ou
{think you're going o hearin te conversation" Have
Sscalloutthe answers eg. costume, muse, parado,
food). We them on the bos.

AP corre

‘Pree an de els Red the instructions and
Abe statement alud. Haye da the task and then
‘compare thelr answer in pales Check answer with
Fe ns

Answers
ent. lis

1 Books clots. Say; “Listen to Ray and Tina
Conversation What happens during he Gest” Tell Ss
‘otto write anything down he fs time they listen.

= Pay era Site

1 Pot recrz aa Ss listen and write the things
thathappes.

= Pa nm orig al Books open ell sto ten,
read along and review ber answers Check answers

‘ant. [There ae parados and everybody

stames. There's good 006]

= Ask 0 ead the conversation up and ook forthe
‘words they brainstormed in Sette Scene. As Sscall
‘them out crio them onthe board,

1 Preset ie Read the information alo. Explain that
gue means “not exact” or "not clar” Aska Sto read
the example Say Find examples in the conversation”
1 ot puras and sufi that. Thee are
hundreds ete litle Kids in purple and sve outs
with makeup and everything, You can ge all kinds
tacos ad hing]

aro Conaraon Read the information loud. Ask,

‘Which expression do people se more: and sor

and things and tll

= Pacs Tell sto practice the conversation in pais
tablng tums playing each ole Tel Se tha those
playing the rol of Tina should cose thelr books and
yt play her role from memory.

1 Frein ets Read the instructions loud. Tl Ss
Look ar the words and expressions in the bo Read
‘ach word or expression alud, and asks questions
Using each (og, What anniversaries ae special? What
ancora on athe moment”, Then have St rexd the
“conversations Help with new vocabulary a need.

= Dole ast Have Se complete the ask and then
compare heir answers in pales Check answers with

Ansmers
1.4 kas, arrives

3 cars, nay Bay
2.4 fo sans, arc

3 exer en, cee
3.8 see otters, pend reat oe

‘= Tals to practice the conversations in pairs, aking
curs playing seh oe

xtra atity- pairs groups

Pair choose a special holiday to explain, Pairs write
‘their own conversation based on ay aná Tina A
few pairs join to become a group, Pars ead thir
‘conversation the group,

el Seto turn Sl Study Listening, Unit , ho back
lof ther student's Books Assign the tal for homework,

ar have Sedo dem incas. (See lla on TO a
te audio scripconp. F132)

‘Units + Celebrations » T-38

114. 4 Free talk

2 Strategy plus

Wy se vague responses?
Prope ue vague’ pasas we hae unsre no ans
Sam pape se gu" epee aod arcing re dey
(Gorm formar, so Langage tes atm tag ox
vat)

= Present Strategy Pus Red the information andthe
conversation aloud. As, "Why does Tina ay," dott
know. I dependa. [She wants o noxe more about
ine festival before she decides)

= Preset ie Comereton Books closed. Wie onthe
board: dot out, Mae, a u
Tdepends Ask, "Which two responses
Common irte your answers Tell Sto open hei
books and read à

3 Listening

Bornes

Pi east sk Sao oo pictures. Ask,
“Wha hapening Inte plete” Sama Luca Day:
pl are singing vero has ande. Bonfire
igh: People carcinoma Red er three
‘questions a need toanswerandıhe example ans

= Pe ced Audlo seriptp. 237 Ss listen and

= Payne recog aan Ss sen agan and review
{hei answers, Check answers th the ls! ak the
‘uestions abot the no events Ar Seal out the
Answers write theron the boar

Answers
‘oy St

hon so Deere a.

Ha pape: Gis cess un mi cas, ng so nd
Bar an ante tang

Coy in

in son her 5h

a peice: Papagei tg gh ines, ave
‘Sova are |

Esta activi = ndviónls/ pairs
Books closed. Write the word Fea on the board,
and tll S ey have one minuto to rainstorm words
assocated with Festi Se comparo ther words with
parier

+ Tumor a ee be
Stents Wooks. Have So the tasks. (Sos the
teaching notes on F424)

39 + Uni + Celebratios

Proview be sk Read the instructions loud, Have

“ferent ead each discussion question loud. Ask

resto rea the example conversation.

1 saves rainstorm the names of some etialsor
holla. Wie tel eus on the board

= Dotto oss Have groups choose a estival or holiday
and discuss he questions. Go round the class, a
help as needed

1 Fllen Groups present Information about tele
hosen esta or holis, without saying the name

‘ofthe fsival eg Ths festa in February. and

Great. Seite earfuly and ty o gues what

‘the festivals Ah cd ofeach presentation nk

¡Seto call he name ofthe fetal and add other

peces of information tha the grou dd ot present.

Extra activity individuels / groups

¡Ss wr three questions of ther own ora holiday in
hei country and three questions fora holiday they
“would like to know more about, Sask and answer
hei questions in groups

Cure ote
Santa acta Day named ter Laci holen
Puce ac wha wa the dar or
Sten ami So cam ood Chinn ding
ae
bythe omar ande wore ander on her hend
{igh ey he vas ly escu by oman
thors andi pronoms sant Suede
‘Began te castrate Sea Lada Day aaa
lyst tbe

Guy Faces Day On November, 1505 King hes
nan ahs supporters sopped ap ne
{The Ganpower Po ow ep tbe Houses of
amenant Tose coe inte
ner angry th amen a meme oi bl
Coy Fort the it ofthe comicos De
caught cal ron were cry etre nd
‘and Homies meo ton November cat
‘hoster ofthe Eve over aies
{gland lig beats an they bara
‘sof Gy Fares

(SRS assign Workbook pp. 30 and. (The answer ey
Deginsonp.-248)

115. Unit 4 Colbratons

2 Strategy plus “Vague” desta —

J don't know. + ‘4 en
er
1 YQ sorrow ar not sue
AS
an Mae snd doper
o
a

mn ton.
Group work Choose a festival or holiday Discuss the

questions. Use "vague" responses if you need to,
= When si

= What does lt celebrate?

= How do peapleeclebrate?

= Do they eat any special foods?

= Do they wear costumes or put up decorations?
= How are you going Lo celebrate it next time?

‘A What about Mardi Gras? Let's talk about that
B OK So, when is it?
It depends. Is diferent every year.

3 Listening Celebrations around the world

€ Look at the pictures of these two festivals. What's happening?
‘Then listen and answer the questions.

What country is tin? | Ws in Sweden.
Wien sr?
at do people do?

4 Free talk A new celebration. | 997
Se rae lt for more speaking practice,

116. Lesson D oa
Traditions

1 Reading

A Brainstorm! How ted to these celebrations? Mi
ainstorm! How man
ny words can you thin
ink of related to these celebrations? Make ae
I? Make a clas list.

birthdays New Year's Eve

New Year Birthdays

ac la TA | nor an a
Ir e mane end an PE

pat ei bay. be DY HS DE
ing Lo be e

js ity, pars

ave Chinese New

Year because tht
Year cy e e she's
er Coe neans along ie for
ie. gat nel mea he OF
padre: Elan ood sudent
menge vi

money nie,

and ak für money
N Venta celebrations.

7
CS

40 ne going to sare ther ves

117. EPI

9) ayo se poto jk |

DOS

Lesson Traditions

= Sete soe Head the ile of the esson aloud. Ask
What's rion?” Get Meas rom Se (custom,
suchas different ways ofelebraing a holiday, ha has
‘hen around ora log me SX about a rt
vou or you family has cach yea. (eg Eva) ar mp
Sandy es og fra fay reunion as rk,
(a Thang) Siva Fay taditon” Ask,
What aro some examples of radios you have?” Call
on Seto give examples,

A

Proreating

1 Pre tat Read the instructions aloud. Write the
thre celebrations onthe board ins buthdaye,
find Now Years Ev, Wie te examples in he
‘Students Hook under adding; re groom, flower
gl Mako sure Ss understand shat the words mean
Calton Se to explain the meaning, or explain thera
yours.

= Doi sk as, hat other words an you think
{elated to weddings? What happens ata wedding?
hat do people wear? Do they pve prevents?” Write
Se henson the bowed under wadding,

1 brainstorm words related the other celbraions
with the clas Wt them on te Boar. La Safes
‘less obvious word for one of the holidays ashes
explain why (eg. 7 Whar word can jou nf.
related o New Year’ Exe Ape. Y Why do you think
applet Sei amy, tapes o New en
Tn.

1 Alternativ. tl Sto write thei on it im par,
‘Give Se two minutes to brainstorm as many eas
as they ea, When Ss nish, write her eas on the
board

Possible answers

regs owes, 8903 ct, ps, nao es presen,
ree, erg, tard

wy: aa, roses ar, ar, cg Bag
Croire

es ar Be. renos, Dar, ceca, sara,
ads Sees tp

Eta acti cass
“ellSsto refer othe wordlist onthe board o hol.
them with this activity Choose one ofthe words fom
the boned at random, and give Sa lue or he wurd |
Ves groom: He maris the bride rng: Thebride
‘and groom pve taser achat wedding dress: The
Pride wera this} Sa guess he word and welt down.
DDothistorten words Then neck answers with the
a

Unit 4 Celebrations

B
During rating
= Prien rad Tell Sto ook the article for about
in seconds and then close tei uk. Ask “Wht
countries or areas are mentioned?” ISS call cut
the countries and areas they found, aban, Ecuador,
Colombia Korea, United Kingdom, Australia, North
America. Turkey] Ifyou haves lass nap, pont out the
locations ofthese laces:
= Do red Reud the instructions alu, Say, “for
ou read scan te ace Look for any fou ofthe
words on the boar and ice them Your books”
Explain, "Remember that wien you sean, y re
very quickly and ook for specific information. Done
rea every word” When Seine, have them report
{othe sts about he words they found Circle those
‘words onthe board
Ask Sat lok at he reading Sas; "Notice hat some,
‘ofthe word are in bold or deter ype. Why tite
ey els place tats Being talked about the
paragraph, The paragraph talks about customs in that
place These are important words
= Mit these questions onthe board:
Le ou have ay ofthese rations?
We tradition ithe mast unusual you?
elvan interesting aril for you Why Why nor?
read the arti. When they nich, callo So,
ner he questions
= Do recia aan Haro Sa read the article again in
Groups and make at of words or expressions they
‘donot understand, Have each group exchange te
lis with another group and write dinos foreach
‘other. Tell they can use dletonaries. Go around the
‘iss, undhelpa needed. Fhen have propa recs
‘thelist of words and definition othe origina group
foret

Extra acy groups

‘Groups playa vocabulary game Each group has he
isthe cher group gave en. Two fee groups
‘work together One group reads the definition for one
‘ford. The ther group guesses the word Then groups
ssh roles, Groups gt one point fr ach cores
gues: The group wth the mas points win,

"Unit Celebrations » T-40,

118. c

Posteading

‘Preview te at Read the instructions aloud, Ask
“ferent to each read an em aloud Make sure Ss
Understand what information they ar looking fo

1 Dot task Have Ss finland rite down the
information ftom he ario: he lave then

Compare heir answers in prs, Check answers with
Fe hs.

Answers

A. la, ern et eve wth more tr
(Che a Yen Eur ng peg ask I mans fr
ira for Nos Wars orten In Krenen abay st
ety, pars money rad anne in er ter.

ln Eoin, pop res ures in losa um.
‘he fren eared e Uns Kran ag
hor ues, nde wea "al. ret ee
omg Brom, sree’ a nds
Tuk ote nd rt ar amos ns he tcs
le Eo, pope es cum 09 le are am
neon pots re ves aber. Young pepe
ker mney fe ewe Irina Mor coco lo
(Gaon, ra ago caes

2 Listening and writing
= Sete scene Say "When you ge invitation toa
arty. what information does have?” Have Seal out

‘hele idess and wr them on the board. se even,
he ay and date the me, he place]

AB cor races

2 Preview ask ead the Instructions aloud. Make sure
Ss understand whet information they are going to
listen or. ead the invitation loud and pause athe
‘nisin pats Call Seto suggest what information
soesin each blank (ee day and the date.

= Pay rca Audio script. 1287 Sale.

* Pay recording al Ss listen and complete te
{nations When Se finish, have them compare thei
Answers in pars,

1 Pay recording apa Se

and review the

answers, Check answers with the las
Answers

are té sam part

Tor ana Coles
mat Norma 6
REO
SDE ery 8.

Sinn ns u,

Fi ray ey rta ains trae. Say arg
ta rg Soma can Sm, an you mau sae our oe
ae?

TAT + Unit4 » celebrations

4 Th or tv pop wo ge mars ae bare
oan

{Preview kent the rato alo ak

FR lento sc ead questo lu

Ds tn ave State uns asking and anowering
tia gotico gr alto oi
een hey cs thy o
Arnd an pop sonen Inca So
{gio ony in asen ado cf on
lern curl background pu from dent
re mer meine
{chung ofinfraton I dan ade up fy
from the same cual Background ne neh op
instant ueno deco)

1 Fane Dieron groups oprime ofthe
era hinge kart

chaton ta er 250 weg amor
Tan Drei you to Ar
pe ns
sn.
a Asia
De Jon ar ses
Hip you a rao a net Tre pes De muse and
‘ek tears

1 Preven tk Read the Instructions aloud. Sy,
Remember the imeitaton ned to have the event,
‘the day and date the ne, and the plac. Laok he
Invitations Part. What proposons can you use co
ve this information?" We the prepositans in front
fte Information Io: the ever fore person:

¡sh day and dat; at he time; e he place]

= Preset Hot Read te information alu Sy,
‘When you write your Invitation decide you ate
ping to writ aes formal or mare formal note”

For one information, ee Language Notes the
beginning ofthis unit)

1 Do ne ak ave Ss wre thelr invitations.

c

"Proven and oh sk Bead the instructions aloud. Tl
sp meters ore al the nrtatian a cho
‘ne event they want to got. Then have groups ead
‘heir most popular invitation othe class

(RE Assign Workbook pp. 32 and 33. The answer key
egins np. T4)

IC

DO

WOOO CE

OC

LOW 0 OC

119. S10 OD 09 99099 b 0H5O5H9HO0H09H5S2 0090900000505

Uni 4 Celebrations
© Read the article again. Can you Find these things? Compare answers with a partner.
1. three traditions about money 3. three traditions using fire
2. three traditions about clothes 4. the words for two people who get married

a
[BEE D Group work Discuss ie questions abou radtions.

© What traditions do you have for weddings? What do brides wear?
= Which birthdays are special How do people celebrate them?
‘= What traditions do you have for New Year? What brings good luck?

_ 2 Listening and writing Congratulations! __

A @ Listen 10 the people open their invitations to these events. Complete the information,

Sn celebration of tein
: Lg mener
Go and Derek
ne y e diner
ae N
Ce Riera N

RSUP À
Dar ah and Ic, e
Hope you can mace tothe dent Teds gig
tobe tud: rare À
‘er eckig End ig you bah N

Regards

and Dore

B invite friend to a special event. Write an invitation like the ones above,
and add a personal note.

© Group work Exchange invitations. Which invitation is the most popular in your
group? Tel the class.

a

120. Vocabulary notebook

IH done for homework

Brei presen the Learning Tip and the task dictions.
Make sire Ss understand what they nee todo,

H done in class

Presa ering Tp Tl Ss to ook at he il of
lesson ako you use calendar? What do you write
on Have $ callout ides, Read the information
Inthe box aloud Say, "Writing important events on a
calendar isa great way to remember them and irn
new vocabulary atthe same ine

1 Press etry es Nele the months ofthe yar
Books closed, Ask Sto gues the most talked about
‘month of the year Have Ss call ul auggestonsand.

plain why Repeat or o ent talked about month

‘ofthe year. Then have Sra february ue and seit
‘kr esses ae come.

CD these tasks recelo the
month of the yea, edna
numbers, and the names of
special events

2

1 Preview a ote task Read the instructions loud.
Have Ss complete the calendar When finish, have
them compare ee portan dates an pln in

pairs.

On your own

= Fate! On er Dan Read the Information aloud.

a Fan At the start the next las, put Sein mal,
groups to compare her calendars. Alternate a
The start ofthe next las, put a wall calendar up nthe
asso, and eal on diferent Sa to weite Important
School events, holidays, ts dates, and homer
assigamentson the calendar

Vocabulary notebook

Laso ing ew is

1

= Prvew and de et Read
theinstructons aloud. Ask
Sstolook othe month of
January Aska Sto read the
Information. Poe oo tht
Se soul use each ward
(expression from the box
Only once

Mare Ss complete the
calendar Cheek ansuer
‘withthe lass

Answers.

ana: buy e Fees
Fr td entres Day

Geo 1 er
May

‘iw: 2st Son gra
ant cap ar gow.

day Is Summe tee
Zac Dats sn ate,
eme pry

ag = See pty
os eno tnt.

‘Sela n=
Bas wesc ams
Sens ten sean

aber Sit

ober

Ee pry

1-42 + Units» Celebrations

€

ore

OC

rare

121. Free talk4 _

Uni Celebrations

BOITITIIIIIWIITFIIIIIODIISIZOIIIZ2II2ZII2IE

1

‘= Proven te ak Tell 510 turn othe back oftheir
Student's Books andlok at Free Talk. Read the
Instruction aloud. Point out the suggestions or
special days on the eight side ofıhe page. Ak Sato call
‘utter leas fr celebrations, Write thr onthe
board, Say Ralse our hand yo tink the special
ay or festival sa good idea" Head each one aloud,
‘and count the used hands, Tell th loss the most
Popular one.

= Dott aa Have groups choose an even and discuss
‘he statements Then have groups complete he
sentences about ther event

2
Preview at Read the instructions aloud, Ask two
Setoread the example

conversation. Caron
Individual Set asthe

Free talk 6A

1 Sep et uence cane eben en
a een

2 Ca y na i pp
‘ature sips hea

{Neve petal ot psp tesa om

2 coment be dca
“Yet La yc 1 pa

Summer fun

at Seaso

guesion for each statement in Part A. Wee them on
the boar, 1, What's your new estival calle?
2. When sitgoing'o bet 3. What event are there
going tobe? 4 What acivityls/ What activites are
there going ober 3 What everyone going eat 4
‘Wha food is there going o be? 6. What are people

ing to buy? 7 Whats nobody glagtodor 8 Wars
going o be ter

= Dole ast Haves ask he questions and ake notes.

3

1 Preven sde at Read the instructions loud. Ak
eto ead the example aloud allo several So
IK abour the festival they'd ke celebrate.

te) ronds Das

122. Unit

Lesson A Childhood.

Grammar be som
(See Students Book p45)
‘The expression be born is cd wo review the past fb,

Grammar Sigi pst ion
(See Students Book p45.)
‘Thislesson reviews simple past affirmative and negative

statements, es mo questions information questions
‘wth bean other verbs

Form

"The grammar chart includes th structures for verbs in
the past taught in Tauchtone Students Bok Units 0
and. Information about these structures canbe found
Inthe Language Notes for those unit

se

“The simple pass one ofthe most freuen used tenses
In Eng ei general eed

= totlkaboutsinge or repeated actions, events, and
‘uations à défile ah time nthe pat

‘Asa chil spoke Chinese at home
= widha pastime expression,
ive here fom 1907101990 untl Fa fo.

‘when a pastime period is underscod in the
‘conversation,

How long did you iw thea?

Grammar Tis ressens
(See Student Book. 43)

‘The time expressions in the chat ate adverbs,
canjuneions and prepositions. They express he
‘uration of events und points tre In th past

Form
= fortpreposition)
{ora period of ime (eg ixus along tne)
“ig here for sx years along rime.
= Inipreposion)

Im + aspecfe pot in time (monos ear
We moved in ayn 2004

= from 10 tpreposions)

from — 0 + specific points in time eg
‘month war)
rah there fom May fy Wen Brad
from 198510192.
= ago advert)
time expression + ag etn yore ao, thre days
E
far moved he United States ten parao.
= unr conjunction)
lun clause with specifi pola in time
Vie serena as ss

5 Gn ‘owing up Language notes

until (preposition)
lun + aspecte point in te eg. yar month)
elie there un 1992 / February.
1 thes aed he)
(and) then + asentenc / cause
We lied in Breil. Then we moved othe US.
We iw in Brand then we moved o he US,
1 when (conunetion)

uen hause witha speci point in time
Welt when at
ue
= (or tong
(or long is sed in questions and negative sentences,

tot affirmative sentences
sentences, (or aang time te us
Dia pou in there or tong?
Wedd’ te thee or tong.
Wetted there on long tie.
"from
From ie — indicates period of ime, starting at
ie specific me after from and ending at the specie
Aime ter 0
“a
Ag sed 1o tel how ong before te present
something happened (eg They came here vee ywars
ao).

lema

nn

‘Until means “up toa speci pola ime.”
Weed in Singapore unit 985.

= when
When begins the tne clause na semence. Used with
“simple past tense ver, means at the sane tne
as or immediately aft

1 thes (and chen)
Informal writing hen by elf cannot connect wo
‘clauses in sentence. ortisrenson, ands needed
before chen e We led in Pra fora year and hen
ue turned he US), However then can come at
the beginning ofa sentence (eg We din Perfor a
‚war. Then weretumad 1 he US),

Possible problem

Soften have problems with go Learners tend os; 1

lived lec en years before instead of lived there en

yeas ag“

Speaking natural yoo
(Gee Students Bookp. 45)

In fast speech, te vowel of did you ar reduced and
the daa yar blended ino People say id es
‘god. For What da you. people ay
‘add, dub, rad!

Oc

JOOOUVCOOOOG

Ol

DO

Ne

123. D Lesson B Favorite classes

= mes tome am
= , er,

O nd ee due

eee eee here
o are dlscumed in thi lesa, They re quartiers. They sona dann lol ai

_are used before nouns to say how much or how many of a

O res ac een
eos ee
eo ee HE

‘maar ana aj sprlnoun * Tregua are hl hfe er
la All high schools have math teachers. | dienes soca es raph gs
0 one (sales dele pia 3S
5 tl pre on tat io mynd ay Ei fe oe od

pan à =
a SE total te A
a en Tada Vio al opto os drains bat

+ Sp tons dtermine a determiners been bec osama
O noun) eg ee
ES OD etter wef Te
el tt se A au ng.
N Al of Most of A few of / None of my friends go to the © No is no followed by of or by a determiner.
2 Stiga Coe nome
le ¡uan pu ets en
ee ee
2 en oe een
e FR gular ve tote cent”

At osetia see ee ek
ee oo |
2 en | Corpus information everyone /eveyody none bad.
a aos iE a

Sect anton ob a
Lesson C Well, actually, une a
r Conversation strategy Correcting tings you say Strategy plus Imean
Dee aa (ce Student Book. 49
Neca ny sores gems de
SA A ER nn
en, Re.
‘with this additional use (Well:See Touchstone Students Cxpression. I also used lo correct ips the tongue.
D RS en Seal ieee
e a
E E provicuny lated be uae off mean ot repeat
eae |
pi ae, ao
À Ds Mu ent
bo io ae | ES
a a ‘Weil is one of the top 50 words in conversation, and
= pre ‚actually is one of the top 200. I mean Is one of the
í Smee Not tes mats ae zo peo eat
E a

>

©__Lesson D Teenage years

Help note Lg es: seg lapa tow
{See Students Book p51.)
‘The Help Note ads two more inking expressions:

‘Single words including work: doesn and big

exept fon an apart from,
“These two expressions mean “but oo” or “nat
Incluaing they “subtract cea.

Language noes + Unit 5

124. Growing up

‘Teach his unt opening page together with Lesson non lass pario.

dre he em ol ee Say, “This unit about growing up. Growing up abou changing froma baby tom child o
‘teenager to an adult, Growing ups about getting oder, Du lalo about experiences in our fe and ths tha you

fi the string school or earning to do something”
Jn Unit 5, you learn how to... __
1 Red in a Sen ray ps
At on the boat
id.
pat ten question with be
2 school suber you tke

3 school subject ou dont ke.
4 ay core our when huron

3 the Kind offob Jenifer Witkin does
look through Unit and find and waite an example
or euch em. Pairs compare thelr choices. Severa
Selle clas thelr answers (ey 1 Where wer yo
een, pp. 4-15; 2, erature p 48.3. math p. #7;
oo td. mea. p95. Jer work la

Publishing 30.
Before you begin... =
= tetas he menors Read Before You Bin low Sa Write rs lose Fendon bos. Ask “What words
listen an ope asp do sou think a when ou thnk abe
@D cn gamma Sy.“When yon tak abot sour Your Mist close fe?” Write Se suggestions onthe
Imemoresof growing up. whet a pool toser? PO eg, neh, school, by plas me
[simple past sects happy
= Sa Look att pictures. Do yohave very strong ÉD Race cnrrsatestatey ae Ss Form small
memories of any ofthese hing” Have severe oups to talk about thei memories. Akeach group
the css which they remember most {ember to choose one memory to tll he group.

Remind the Ss who ac stenting tose expresions
that show surprise orntren 1 encourage the
Speaker oy mare.

= We stepovers ai our reson the bos, Ak.
“What words or expressions d you think when jou
think about sleepover?" Wet Suggestions on te
board eg ah tl sy up lt ps Y mule
parent, Extra acti groups

1 Wie ring simon the oar. As. = What words Va om de boa yf laine ot ot
expressions do you (ina when out about FO ekend tration, my arte bate Say,
Fearningtoswit” Wire Se suggestions on the board THe ar some more things you might remember
(eg unter, take, pool splash, mou, fan From ehldhond. What other memories do you have”:

1 Write go into rubi om the bea. sk, "What words NES Suggestions on he board Group members
regression de yo think on you hi about he A memory and tll her group hat they
time you oc int rouble Writ Se suggestions on E
the board (eg. parent brother ter bre someta
Tosesomeiling, eta ie, not do homeuork talk in
das

T-43 + Uni > Growing up

DOD(

y

rave

125. 5, you | {
use the simple past in statements and questions (review).
use time expressions to tlk about te past
use all, most, a fot of, a few, etc.
talk about memories of childhood, school, and your teenage years.
correct yourself with expressions like Wait, Actually, and / mean.

.
.
e
.
.
e
.
.
o
.
.
.
.
e
.
.
e
.
.
e
e
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
e

126. Ramon That's a great baseball shirt, Lng.
Are you trom Seattle?

Ling Um, kind of. lived there, but
1 wasn' born there.
Ramon Oh, yeah? Where were you born?
Ling. ln Sa0 Paulo, actualy.
Ramon Sao Paulo? Brazil?
‘Ling Yeah. My parents were born in
Hong Kong, but they moved to
So Paulo in 1986, just before
Twas born

Ramon Wow. How long did you lve there?
Ling Until was six. Ten we moved to
the Us.
Ramon To Seattle?
Ling Yeah. We Ived therefor ten
years, and we came here to San
Francisco about three years ago.
‘amon Huh. So did you grow up bilingual?
Ling Well, we always spoke Chinese
at home. | couldn't speak English
until went to School. And actually,
1 can stil speak a litle Portuguese.

@ Listen. where was Ling born? Where does she live now? Practice the conversation.

5. They moved to San Francisco three years

127. 910)

Dj,

jojo po jalo joloja po lolo jojojo o ee)» »#ls ste

5

tessonA Childhood
1 Getting started

1 See see Ask several ss, “Where are you trom? Did
you ever liven any other place?" rie the names of
‘who answer yes onthe boa Ask “What questions
‘an'you ask hove classmates to earn more?“ (eg
‘Where di joule? How old were ou hen you Heed
there When dd you came here Call on afew St

AP warnen

= Prevent sk Say, "Look at the plture. Ramon
‘ig Lig abt chow hy mente in

ce ares" Wie on the ord: Sa Sao Palo,

Brie Hong Kon, San Panic, Readeach place.
‘ame alud, and have Se repeat Ask “Where as Ling
born? Where does ae iv nun Listen and write the

‘Pay ered Ss sen and write thelr answer.

1 Lave Ss compare their answer in pars Check
answers wih the lass: ask the questions again, and
ao Seto answer in a complete sentence Ling was
Born in Sa Paul (ra) Se es in San Francisco

ow)
ee Tel Seto practice the conversation in pals
‘ang ums playing each oe
B

[Preventa Draw the following time ine on
UES the boas
2903 >» 2003
Tne ‘stator et
‘Say, “Ero June st, 200, 0 October It, 208, isa
Period of ine ls our months June Ist is sped
point in time, and so is Octobe st.

1 Site as column heading on the board: Psi
fof Time, Specie Pol in Time Say "Read the
Conversation and ind places where Lingtalks about
time Ane y periods fine or specie pots in.
timer”

1 Have Se callout he time references in the
conversation and weit ern on he board under the
ore column heading [Period of Tie: uni was
Six tor ten years; Spc Pint in Time: jst before
‘wo hoe, in KR, Then we moved, ree years 380)

it 5 Growing op

= Tel so ook at sentence 1 Ask “Ts this aperod of
time ora spettiepotntin time?” (specite pol.
lime Say "Find dhe expression in Ihe conversation
nd ook forthe words that ell about time Then ind
the missing word and wie the answer to complete
sentence in] Read he instructions aloud

= Do tat Have Se complete the task and then
‘compare their answers In pales Check anses with
the class ave individual Ss ead thet

Answers
4. Lng tae Hog Ho 1986,
2 Un ec Sto altra
3 Herta test

4 They vedo Set Tren y cart San Fano
5 They men San raro te ous ao

2 Fees en bear Ask “Which words come before
Point In ime?” in. untl, Then) "Which word comes.
Before» period of inet” fr] Pepa that ago comes
lero words

Er activity = individuals / pairs
te on the board: Born? Mowe? Started school Met
rend: Learned a spor? Took muse lessons? Went

a gre fry vacation?

separate section, wet on the board: i 2005 three

ao fr four years et.

en false statements about

ives using the language on the board and othe |
“ate they have ile haves workin pais.
eds essence and uses is tear

Unit + Growing up + T-44

128. — 2 Grammar ___

Por man
Prost grammar hart Pa
rep

= Undrstaé be ram Tell sto ook at the char
[Explain that reviews simple pas of verbs,
including be, affirmative and negative statements,
yes no questions shir answers, nd information
‘questions.

‘Preset Sp rs Read each year aloud, and have
repeat

1 Explain hat bon Is alays used with dhe er be.
te onthe boar Ir jou born in England Were
ou born in 2080 19857 AK fw Se,

= Say “Use the simple past alk about events that
‘endl before no We usually use a timo expresion
say hen something happene in the past Some
are simple words o phrases, ke aura o la ea,
Some have pates

= Say "Look at the time expressions with for What
comes ter fr? along time ax yeaa Say These
are period time Wet on the board: or pr of
lead aloud," id civ there long” Explain hat long
isthe short way to ay fora long time. Iels used only a
negative statements and questions

* As wha comes as crei wih

he name fa month} We on the board «|

Nur man fu man

= Poin: out uni Bxpain chat anti means “efor a
specie pont in time Explain that ether a simple
Sentence ora year or mouth follows wnt,

= tea aloud, “From 1986 to 19027 Expla
{estar time and tite end time

= Blain that en introduces he next event ina sees
nd here comes before simple sentence:

= Explei that time words such a a month or sl months
came before ago. Ag ll howlong before the present
Something happened.

3 Speaking naturally

the recording Seiten,

that fromis

© Read aloud, “They came when Ling was sixteen”
Explain that here wien comes before à simple

A

FE, Pro and o tat Renato instructions
SIRE” aloud Have Ss complete the taskand then

‘compare thelr answers in pairs. Check answers with
thease

Possible answers
1 lee re a og 98, ban La sea
2 y m ier ws on wey ara TES

3. la mus ester o oye, u 107 Las
2

4 ont lenta schoo unt Lua tn, Yr 16901 1086
5: My fry ast wonton aan get 200, wen Las
Mn

Pret an oh tak Read the instrctons aloud,
Have Ss compete the ask. Check answer withthe
ass.

Answers.
1. er was oe mob bor? Ws yr for Mor, 10
2 Were you pow? Wyte er?

3.11 na or best indi sd Ho gere ye De

Da yo andy: test i vt ny gin
toner

5 We ok a ot ou ten yo write? De our mo
ae ad?

el Ssto take uns asking and answering the
questions in pairs

Uc OOM

OO

(

VOHOOL

VODO

A mama

1 Proview task Soy "When people use you they
‘often say I quickly and the two words sound ike one
word Read the instructions ao,

= Pay recrding Ss sen and repent

B 02 man

FB, rene Sa, “Lsten and complete the
EEE” quests about your lod veto”
1 Poy e ug Auer. 208 Seen and
vee answer

= Poy erg ain Seien and reve their
Snowe Checkansver eth the land
Seto ead the complete urn, ein lot

T-45 + Unit + Growing up

Answers
1 Dye goce am cas
Tre

3 Wn yonge mó

À how rg ey ta

5 Duyos tem agé
Ma you dome”

= Tellssto ake tune asking and answering the
questions pais

(BB sign Workbook pp and 5. The answer key
beginsonp.T248)

129. 20 (À Complete the sentences with ime expressions so they Saying years — OO
* are true for you. Then compare with a partner.
1. Hearned to ide abieyle in__ 1158 when Las seven.
2. My bestfriend was born ago, in
3. [played a musical instrument for.
y.
4. Lwent 10 elementary school until,
from © E
5. My family asc went on vacation togetherin

‚sehen.

B Complete the questions. Then ask and answer the questions with a partner.

1. Where your mother hornt you and your best frend ever fight?
__yourfatherborn there, too? youeverget in trouble?

2. Where you grow up? 5. Who took care ofyou when you little?
= youborn there? your mother have ajobt

3. Who your bestfriend in school?
How long you best friends?

A @ Listen and repeat the questions above. Notice the ways of saying did you.

;
El 8 @ tien aná complete the questions about your eidhood vacation
Then ak and answer the questions with apart

When you wore a child.

1. Didyou. 24 Howlongaid you
yo i did y

2. Where did you ? 5 Didyou a

3. Who did you 7 6. Whatdidyon 7

5191 OSD O 0 OOD) EL 9059 995950959990 90 0 OME

130. Lesson B

Favorite classes

-1 Building language

A @ Listen. what languages did these people study in school?

What languages did you learn in school?

All the students in my high Well, years ago, most people

: School had to take English - lead Russian and on a

= zz ew people took English. =

needed English 10 get I stuied both. (Warsaw)

ER nio my university. Tokyo)

Yelo

ook Spanish at yea and pr Alot of my classmates crooned
‘most of my tend a, to. French fer ninth grade. Almost
There are a lot of Spanish ‚all of them — except me. But then ®
speakers around er, so later, some of them had take.
‘It’s kind of useful. evening classes because they La
(Los Angeles) AMM needed it for work. (Lagos) =

Mag B circle the corroct expression to complete these sentences Are they rue for you?
out

1. Most / Most of my friends are fluent in English. 2. À few / À few of people in my city know Russian.

2 Grammar_Determiners € ___

Gonerat Spacite
AN chléren ar a hrquage | AIR) the children in my town ake English. ANO! tom.
Most Canadians need iench. | Most of the people in my offeeknow French Most of us.
Some students akeSpansn | Some of the students in my class ado Greek Some of us.
‘Atew people are god a Lain | Aer of. my classmates go As. A eu of thom.

No students he ame, | None of my fiends lie the exame None of them.

But:
Alot ot people spoak Engish wel | Alota the people in this city soaskEngish. Alotol them...

junior high school students ake English sednobody tal people |
2 Today employees eed a second language for theirjobs, 99 people

my friends speak to languages. .
3, college students major in languages. Y

the colleges here teach several different languages
students take two languages in high school
In my clas,

us studied two languages,

131. KENT

JT

>

a

SR

Die)

LessonB Favorite classes

1 Building language

= Seth scene Ask “Wht languages are you learning
now?” Call ona eu Se Ask ee Sot sy wy people.
‘tay anatherlanguage Ce gro in Phe schoo!
as 1 study tha language People can get bote ob
They ent rave

RE comas
Pr So ho, Fa aad Mika
out languages year in shoo
at ange dec Sut Lise and vet
= Pye cig Ste and wre tbe anges
Check nner ith theca: ok ind Seto
none comp senc

Answers

Keto tes Engl: Pa studied Fr, re tes Span
isa sce Eaten are Russian

E Preven head ak “What does Ha say about
is trend" ook Spanish ls year ad most

2 Grammar

armas

1 Pros be yaınar cat Play to recording, Site
and repost

= Usterstnd ne grammar Tell S o lock at heeft side
fofthechart Aka to read the words that talk about
Tow man al most some few no, ot of Say
‘These words ae determine. They ao someto
called quantfr because they el how many“

= Tell so look athe right sie of the chart. Ask ato
ead the words hat talk bout how may ll),
‘most of some of afew of none of alata Sy. "What.
‘ames before the nouns on this ide oft cha
etn atte me: possessive adjetivo

= Write onthe bond

A Mes students have take exams,

1 Host ofthe students our clas have take

À Some students ar good at languages

1 Same ofıhestudensinmy cass are good at

langues

Say “Read the rt palrofsentences Do they have
the same meaning?" In] “Does the second pal.
‘sentences ase the sme meaning? no)

1 Ask “Which sentence ak about small, more
‘specific numberof students?” the B Sentences] Say.
“Tooke the Asentencen What word comes after ome
ad most” [of] “What word follows of he

Explain, “The A sentences are more general. The B

Uni 5 Growing up

et friends di too We tis atmen on ie
oud abd ud he word at shown, Ak "What
does Mint ay abou people earning Engl
Sen people eared sian and ony af people
{GOL Eh Wate is atmen on (Boa ad.
iden the words as shown

otto end the nsrictons loud Have Ss
complete he sentencia. Tells tous the paragraphs
forhelp.Checkanswers with the case

1. Most my re feria Eng
2 len pop y ty Pu

= Ask, “sentence rue for yout Baise your and, Now
bou sentence 27

= Fous o om pain that words ike most and fw
are called “quantifies.” They are sometimes followed
vf usually to alk bout particular group). They
are sometimes sed without of assay talk bout à
ener group.

sentences are more speciicund ak about a smaller
‘group of people al more special identified.”

= Point ut of ay“ lors ferent. For both
genera and specific statements you have tous of”

= Have Ss look atthe sentences on the right side ofthe
‘hart again and then look athe column that shows
the abject pronouns Al theft sentence, who
(does he refer to the cliren in my two) Ask
bout the other pronouns in the it

= Say," When you use these determiners wih object,
pronouns, yo aveo 6

= Present Convera Ask a to ea te information
lou. (For more informatio, sc Language Note at
thebeginning often)

st}, Previo ado the ask ead the instructions

alo Have S complete the task and then
Compare hei answers In pair. Check answers with
tects

Possible answers

1. Altay in suce Eng np Pi sche
Mos una sono sen un rg

12 Toy sre eri me assed gano oe
on ey rend ra wo gun

8 Al cole sus mar ana
As ecoles hee ach eva let nag

4 Au Sat eo argus ps!
in cs, soma ls so wo arpas

Unit + Growing up + T-46

132. -3 Building vocabulary 7

= Sete sane Books closed. Ask Sto decide what her.
favorite school subjects. (Allow So ook forte
ame in English in her detonaries) As esc Seals
fut his ores favorite subject, werte iron the bear
Keep a tly Sy the abet cat gor the nos voles
‘andthe subject tht go the fewest votes,

À € aman

"Pre ti
the subjects.

= Pay te recordg S sen and repeat. Help with new
‘ocabulaty as tended, ave Se callout any subjects
haare already onthe board, Ask, "Can you think of
‘other subjects and categories? As Se call then out,
fd them othe boa

Books open eso listen and repeat

‘Extra vocabulary: ste! yes

Present or have Ss suggest extra voeabulary fr school
subjects suchas:
Socal

ion
‘ts pol winning dela
Languages rich Meh panth German,
panes
Art, pb upc, pair at hi
Seas ot Sols poo

bran. oly,
‘ther ud meta hop crei

4 Survey zz
A

= Peu et Tel so read the survey questions,
Read the instructions lod, Pin out the example
question and te je nd nally howe ese e As
he example ho many people sid yes? ve)
How many said no” two
= Dotte nk Haves complete the questions, then tell Ss
10 walk around the class and ak the questions,

= Preven a0 de ets ond the example result aloud
‘Ask several So tll the lass their result Encourage
Sao ve quantifiers such as some, jo and none After
Sshavereporte, ar, "Wat interesting information
‘id jou learn about your camaras

5 Vocabulary notebook __

1 Ask “Which subject ao you interested in?” Au:
“Several sertie put Ss in groups o discuss,
Have groups report the cass onthe subjects
‘which Ss ae most interested,

BSH, Preview an beak Tl Seo completo the
117 chart withthe mazes of school subjects. Tell Ss
{o choose from the subject onthe board orn tee
books. rt ue new iden.
= Doi ask Haves complete the chart and then
compare the anne in pal.
= Foow op Pais make ist of the subject they both
kd, the subjects they both didnot ikea he
subject they would bah ike to stud. Ask several
ais 0 repart othe clas

ata actnty—navdvals/ groups

Sata he subjects they are studying now or sudod
Inthe past When they are ished have ss workim
groupé se who has the longest st.

Extra sty - groups
ach group chooses two of the questions and
‘completes the. Group members share thei answer,
make a report of resul and tll the class (eg All,
us studied mash and Mtr. Most of as were onda
(rand ona few of us wor good at drama).

Extra aci = class
Each writes how many question on any topic for
the class fe, How many students in ur las grew
Up hs 7 How many students our clas started
School uhen hy wer toe?) S take rns reading
her question aloud, Clssmäte rise ter hand it
er answers os Another describes the saber of
{alse lous ing statement with a determiner and
am object pronoun (eg. Mos of us grew up in hy.
‘Afi fu tar schoo when we were thee,

= Tel eto urn to Vocabulary Notebook on p.520
thelr Students Books Hav Sedo he tasks inciso
sign them fr hamework (Se the teaching notes on
PTS2)

1:47 + Units + Growing up

(> Assign Workbook pp. 36 and 7. (The answer key
begin on p.T248)

133. Wait 5 Growing up

3 Building vocabular)
A @ Listen and say the subjects. Can you think of other subjects and categories?
Which subjects are you interested in? Tell the class.

do lele levels pise © 9)

“4 Survey What were your best subjects?

© ‘A Class activity Complete the questions with different subjects. Then ask your classmates the
questions. Keep a tally ofthe answers, Ifyou are sil in high school, talk about last year

> Didyoustutychewistey ? [ME] [il] Were our casos ard ?
E Were you good at 2 CIC open. ?
Di ou get good gras in TE aid you rate — >

B Tell the class your results. What interesting information do you learnt

“Most of us studied chemistry. Only a few people were good at physic...”

‘See page 52 for a new way tolog and learn vocabulary.

__5 Vocabulary notebook | hated math! A _ nn

a

134. Lesson C Well, actually, ...

1 Conversation strategy Correcting things you say
‘A Con you think ol posible ways to completo these replies?

‘A How old were you when you moved here? A. Who took you fo schoo! on your frst day?
3 Iwas seven. Actually no, | was 3 My mom. No, wail, my took me.

Now listen. What does Ben remember about his first day of school?

Look at these old photos. My mom sent
them to me.
lessica Oh, is this you?
Yeah, with my bestfriend. We were
in kindergarten together.
you were cute! Do you
er much about kindergarten?
‘Not realy. Wel, I remember my first day
‘of school. Actually, don't remember
‘the day, but remember on the way
home I missed my bus stop.

Oh, not
Yeah And kept riding around uni
1 asthe last kid onthe bus
So how di you get home?
Well the teacher, mean, the bus drive,
had to cal and find ou my adress and
everything, and he took me home.
So that was when you were ve?
Yeah. Ub... 0, wa... was only
four tried sco! ea.
‘Notice hou Bon cect te hing he says wit expressions Ike [AA
‘these: Well; Actually; No, wait. Find examples in the conversation, $ q

B Match the sentences:

jth the corrections. Then compare with a partner

I don't remembs

anything about my childhood. _e_ a. Actually, no, was 11 when I quit

2 Ka Wl hey wore OF but was alas ete
i mel, €. Well most ofthe, nota of them,
4: ted wit ny grndpare aya No ak. was
la € We acu. remember ev things
6: Al ny Fea vet sales — E Ro va aly ovas o yar
SÍ € pair work eta partner troc things about your cod, but make few a
mie, Crece informan with Wels cual or No vu on

48

135. __1 Conversation strategy ===

Lesson Well, actually, .. .

D Lesson res ie snp pattes

My se grans ice igs yu ap?
Te pass e Acha o, wat ro sal

to ist a spa i aon y creas
shorten alos iter sn Crta wath
paar sys. Fr mre eration, see Language M le
Poe fas tet)

1 Sue sane Sa, “Ben an Jenin are ang about
Some of Bea's memories of growing up. Lou at
the picture careful. Can you guess what they talk
out [et friend ext ied, seal

A cor mes)

1 Prevent at el Seto look tthe AM conversations
and Uy to think of posible ways 1 complet he
“answers Have fe Se read thor answers, and asks
‘eit the same answer orale thee hand (eg i
da

= Tel Set practice he A/B conversations in pal using
"heir own amas ang rns playing exes ol.

= Say "ist 1 Ben and Jesica conversation. What
‘does Den remember about hi fis day of cool?
al matt write anything down the first time they
Tete

= Pay be rcrdg Books closed. Site.

= Payne r=org again S ten and ete a ew words
shout what Ben remembers,

Have Ss compare their answers in pats

= Pay ne rcordog aga Books open. Check answers
with the ls. e remember that on the way home
Ne missed his bus to Help with new vocabulary as
needed!

= Ask sto read the conversation again and se fan of
{he topes hey guessed entier are In the conversation
[As all hemo rl them onthe bos

= Present te Read the information aloud. Asks
‘Sto end the example, Say, Find examples inthe
conversation (Not really Wel remember my fist
day of school. Actually, don remember the dey but
Lremember on he way home missed my bus stop.
Uno wa... lon our

= Prat Tell to practice de conversation in pais
taking ums playing each oe

‘Unit 5 Growing up

= Prvi he sk ell Ssto match he sentences withthe
corrections. Tell 510 red through all ofthe sentences
nd llore corrections before hoy begin, Ask Sto
read the example sentence and correction aloud

= Dot last Haves complete th ask and then
compare ther answers In pair, Check answers with

the lass: have individual Sa read a sentence andthe
rection ald.

Answers

le 2d aD At ba 6e
€

FR, Prov teak Tl Se to ito to toc things
“=” shout your elldhood. Say, “Listen for he
corre piece of information, When Iwan chil
my beat lend was named Mar: Actual, her name
as Mare Ask Sao eal out the core piece of
Information. [Your best end was named Marie, not
Mary a.“ When twas aci, took plano lessons
force years No walk was five years ave Se all
out te correct Information, (ou took plano sous.
For ie years, not thee years |

= Dothe tak Ret e instructions alud. Tell Seo think
ofthe things about ther childhood and prepare
fenences wo ella partner Have Stake tone doing.
{he tas in pals. Whe pair ish ak several 10
repeat one of te things thelr partner al.

Extra act = pairs
Pairs choose one of ther den rom Part Cand write
‘conversation ke Ben and Jesica inclui,
Corrections Several pairs ead thelr conversations
“oud. rheclaslistens and calls out te number of
Cotrectons that hey heed in the conversation.

eE

el St tum to Sel Study Listening. Un, athe back
oftheir Students Books, Asi the tasks fr homework,
¡rave Sedo them in ass. (See te tasks on pT 130 3d
thew ep on pz)

Unit Growing ap » T-48

136. _ 2 Strategy plus ne

Wyse mean?
‘means anta expresen ati use won carton aer
‘mans. Fr mae erate, ss Lange sl o agen
‘lt ont)

= Preset Sater Pos Read the information lod.
Seto ind he example of aan in the conversion
‘np. 4. [Wel teacher man, the bu der]
Tava pair fs read fesse’ question [o how did
sou gel homer and Mens answer aloud

Presto Conversation Rea the information lou.

Ask, Whats another reason to ure meanin
converallont” o repeat ideas in another way orto
Say more about something See oucksone Students
ETE]

A

Previene eat instructions and the example
loud. Tell Ss o read te ist of questions and the et
‘of words onthe ight Help with new vocabulary sx
needed.

= Dot ask Haves complete he tk and then

3 Listening and speaking __

Akon mao

1 Preview te as Rea the instrctons ald,

= Phy roce Audio script. 7-220 Sa ten and
‘complete the ask Pause the recording flr the rst
‘Speaker, und show Ss hat re underlined Point
‘ut that furs dhe correct age Continue playing the
recording pausing after each speaker to ive Sete

= Play be recarag opin Ss nen agni and review their
answers Check answers ith the clas.

Answers

Y. Wn was ra, me mova art paa
‘aur

2 page sot uss gate, ra nat
intrest or spose oa seven

3.1) mate made es a rer se
¡rca sr errs Thay wer nt. pr

4 Int es ot RS were ng ch ogee.

5 Allis tease me Inst acuso san oa
am or dv ay ca tome Som

TAS, Proven te ah Rea the instructions sou
LE Then have wo Seread the example
convertion

4 Free talk

= Te 61 turn to Fre Tak Sst the hack oftheir
Student Hook. Have Sedo the ask. (See the
teaching notesonp 24)

1:49 + Units + Growing up

‘compare tei answers par. Check answers wth
ness: have Individual Sretd thelr answers

Answers
1 jour a ot tens mes, comi teta?

2 acy ex marie es, ARRET

3 Ww ates you jour areas, men your
per

& icy go stag the wine man sg

Were oa rado! aa man, os?

6. egy tae an mag caia a fer

7

4

De you coe na es ara?
Viso you ce pago cess. men, cashes?

[SL Prev teak Res the instructions aloud.

LSI” Tien have one pie end the example
“onverstion, Note Consider modelinga no answer
(eg No aida didnt reading),

= Dole task Have So sk and answer he questions
continsing their conversations Go around the cass,
and help as needed.

(ED Rec camera strategy The flowing ask
Fries strates or encouraging people. alk
tnd showing steps. Remind Seto respond wie
Comment anda folla question,

= De east Have Ss discuss their memories. Go around
‘he class and help as needed

= Folow ap Several Sstell the class abou their parcs
memories

‘xtra act class
‘Write on the board: The wort hing di asa we
__Onaalipof paper, Ss complete the statement and
write their name, Put donot sho tt anyone Collect
the sips. Choose on sip and aks serrano
‘other Sto come tothe font ofthe oor. These tee
Seal pretend ibe the writer. ad the information
‘on the slip aloud Soy, “Ask these three Ss questions ta
And tao selling the truth (eg. Q: When did you
rao the wal ofthe ing oor Si: When ea
‘Seiten Twas ten. No wae Ts ine SH Um. 1
‘was our Imean foe). he ass asks five questions,
Save on wh they thinks telling the run by rs
‘thet hands, The with the most votes isthe winner.
‘Ask the S who wrote the statement 0 aise hor her
hand,

(GR Assign Workbook pp. 36 and 39. The answer key
beginsonp. 248)

137. Unit 5 Growing wp

à À Complete the questions by correcting the underlined
words. Use the words on the right.

ö When you ere a child,
1. Did you read a lot of cartoons, I mean, comic boeks 7
2, Did you havea motorbike, | mean, a Es
3. How often did you vist your parents, mean, your
4, Did you go king in the winter, mean, 7
© 5. Were you afraid of eats, mean,
e
a

Did you have an imaginary classmate; mean
Did you collect animals, mean, —
8, Were you good at playing chess, Imean,

ist B Pair work sk and answer he questions. Continue your conversations.
“Di you road à lt of cartoons, | mean, comic books?” “Yes, ld. My favorite was

= 3 Listening and speaking 1 don't remember exactly... a

À @ Listen to people talk about their childhood memories. Underline the words
they correct Write the corrections on the ines.

1. When Iwas three, we moved to another city fora few years. Bowe
2. E played softball until was in sisth grade, and then 1
got interested in other sport, like football
3. My mother made clothes for me and my brother. One
some dark blue shorts. They were awful.
4, Imet my bestfriend in 1996, We were in high school together.
2 5. Allthe kids teased me in school because had an unusual name.
‘But one kid was really nice to me.

she made me

B Pair work take turns telling memories of growing up. Ask questions to find out
‘more information.

1 got nto trouble one time.” “Oh? What id you do?”

‘See Free talk § for more speaking practice. bn A

49

138. Lesson D

Teenage years

1 Reading

A Brainstorm the word teenager! What do you think of? Make a class list.

»

2 What's your best memory from your |
‘teenage years?
1 guess it was a tri

ook every summer with
‘ay youth group I was à time to travel be wth
lose friend, and be away from my parent

|

And your worst? |
"think going wo school was the wort Tm nota |
}

social type and it gave me all kinds of ancy,
What's one thing you remember

about school?

1 remember that everybody tried to be diferent,
but they id o be the same, als.

‘What was your favorite subject?
My favorite subject was psychology loved
analyzing ny friends,

‘Were you ever in trouble? Why?
Did you enjoy being a teenager? 1 go detention lots of tines because was ate
It was mostly OK, but had some ificulis, fr school every morning, but never got in
O ds
youre unsure of yourself

How did you spend your free time?

Wat were the fashions then? Aca pen sat tine ei and
est nthe ado et a eg and
E em rte nt ICAO mme
E Ns aig ee me
doo ri ed Maton mya

ie sale, What En ‚Miss about your.
Wat kind of mus i you tanto? E temgo dh
Miata wer ted Iwasa 2 NOTHING? Sept my ens |
wees team ater ateo ee dd
A CO
andino NS yr am

139. Less D Teenage years
1 Reading.

Sat cate Read the tite ofthe lesson alud. Se are
adults ask: “Did you enjoy being a teenager! Whats
Yyourbest memory from your tenage yeast” 1S are
sens, ask: "Do you enjoy being a teenage? What's
ourbest memory from your tenage years so fart“
Gallon few Se share their answer,

A

rereading

1 Preview he ak Read the instructions aloud. Write the
‘word tcnageron he board and add the examples:
paris lu muse, fights wit parents: Make sure Ss
{understand what the examples mean, Cal on Seto
help explain the meaning, or explain them yours,

+ Ark, “De you think ofthese things when you heat
‘the word eenagrt" Read each example loud, Have

2 Do at Haves workin pas and wee thelr own
Mat Give wo minutes rainstor a many ideas
‘they can, When S fini, ave pal cal out to oF
thee of her dea, aná ad em tothe des onthe
Board Fad ut which pal) Usted the most things.

Possible answers

rarer ng an xy sce it, tiga ati et,
oh sco abt temo and ams, Mig a pos,
(wenn Merge

= Folow ap $s work alone and write three semences
shout thelr expertences as teenagers using the words
fon the hoard (eg, Ss ar adults: When ua a
Teenager never went ou partes. ES ae teens:
{never go 1 loud parle}. A fe Ss then read one
oftheirsentences aloud Ss rate her hands ithe
Sentences are rue or them,

Unit 5 Growing up

During eating

1 Pave he red Books closed. Sa, “Imagine you
‘want co interview acelative or family (end about
‘hele memories ofbeing a teenager What questions
an you ask" ave Se Call ou hei idea, and serte
them onthe board.

Books open. Say "This is an ntersew with someone
About her memories af being a teenager Each
Paragraph starts with a quesos, Compare he
Questions ho interview wlth he ones on the board.
‘Which are similar” Have Ss scan he questions and
«callo any that are similar. Cirle them on the board.
Dot readin Say, "Read he interview: Which of
eters answers ar tury? Which are Interesting
‘Write down a leat one funny answer and one
Interesting answer” Tell Ss tat the bank nthe
interview are forthe takin Part
"When Ss finish reading, have them workin pales and
tellthele partners whieh o Jenner answers they
‘hose as funny oF nerestingand why Check answers
withthe clase cal on afew So tll ihe ase der
holes and reason.

"Dotto ready agai Tell stored the ari gal
and underine three words or expressions they Unk
Areusefulto know Ask Seto callow those words or

tensions. Explain them, or have Sook her up in
ie clones

Followup IfSsare adults ask: “How were your
teenage years the same Jenifer? How vere they
diferent” Us are tens, ask How is you he
ame ae lenniters How ie diem Calon afew
Seto share their eas (eg. took rip ery sum
0, but my finds did’ have cars hgh chook!
Take a rp every summer to, ut my ron don?
have cars

Extra acti = pars
S's books closed, 5 stats 1 read one of ener’
“answers rom the interview tops S2 and res 10
se question (eg. 52: gue detention lots of
bet us fr sh. SL: Sp De
do you remember about shoal” S2: No) Stets
ne
ihren

it» Growing up + T-50

140. 2 Listening

ic

Postreading

= Prev ask Read the instructions aloud, ave
diferent Seach read a sentence

Tels dat cachsentence fs into one blank nthe
Interview. Do number ich can, Say, Look

nber I: have no la now why ed ha!

‘Where does this sentence belong? Find he para
Iwading” Have scan the reading and rase tele
hands hen the find where goes. Clon 4 Sto give
the answer. [How id you spend our ree time

* Explain, How dd you spend your fre time? ete
core aer Jennifer I talking abou things ae id
‘wih ber fends hi paragraph She says we sore

mn

= Preview te ask Read the instructions aloud, Have Ss
‘ead the sentences. Make sue hey understand the
Tenor o write anything the first time they sten

1 Pay e recording Audio sip. 230 Ss sento

rien

= Pay te recording aa Ss Usen and cee the correct
answers, Have Ss compare thir answers in pals,
{heck answers withthe lass

Answers

1. Col was a es ns
2 Hats 8

3 Writing

y houses and honked the car horns. The missing
sentence says, Thaven0 ida now why we did tht
Shes talking about something she ld with other
people hat rs strange

1 Dole tat Have Ss add the hr sentences o the
Interview. Check answers with ehe lass ell on
Individual Ss to ay her answers and ey what nthe
reading helped them choose Ihe answer,

Answers
Satz 1: How y pers jou te na

Sins 2: a er be bry en jr unge er
Seine 3: Wa wth sl

Senne What of mae os ent?

Ste 5: DO mu soy beg rage 7

3, frst jb sor ata.
{Cb ma ret ese
3, Hs man east rte ct

Extra ac dois

Vite these questions on the board Se answer em,

and then sten gain 1 see if they remember

conecto

1 When was Colin born (as)

2 What was his school ie He wasnt that good.)

3. Where dd some of hs rend go to wore ie cy,
atthe TV factory)

4 Whe di fomi, gt TVA ene a 1)

‘5. What did edo wil hs money? We spent).

A

' Preview sk Head the instructions an the example
questions aloud. Have Se work inpai Say Wie
‘questions 0 askyour parier about when he or she
vas younger. Look bak through Lessons A,B nd Co
{Ind eas for questions yu eam ask.”

Do ak Have Ss write the ive questions.

1 Prsa Hl Note Ask S10 red the example sentences
loud Say, Im sentences with exept (and apart
From. something al tue, Beep ov and apart
From expan when isn't tue Writ onthe Bose:

Wagon on most hing. Wed’ agree on the car
Vida agree on much We agreed on muse

= Say “cat link the two dees neath pal of
Senlencea" Change thers fellows

‘except (on)

Weagreedon mos things Hdi green he car
apar from

‘Wedd agree on much-Weageeton musi

{or more information, see Language
Deginningofthisunte)

TEST + Uni + rowing up

es atthe

ta act - novia
te encor hon the ead Se combine
nca cp (capa om
‘eet arte Tata pdr Bo
Dire

= Preview tm as Read the instructions aloud. Tell ste
‘ead the example interview question and answer

1 Have Ss ask you some ofthe questions they rote in
Part. Answer some using except (for and apart from,

= Dot ak Haves exchange questions witha
hssmate and wrt heiransners

€

= Prv an a task Red Instruction loud,
‘ave Sn each pal take turns reading their partner
answers and asking followup questions. Have few Sa
‘share one interesting or funny thing they earned.

(GS Assign Workbook pp. aD and 41 Ihe answer key
begins on 120)

141. nit 5 rowing up
© Ad these missing sentences to the interview with Jennifer. Write the numbers 5
inthe spaces.

= -
a LEMA

MN
ee

O) | as always happy to get home, though.
Do apunto

2 Listening A long time ago

@ Listen to Colin talk about being a teenager in England many years ago. Complete
the sentences by circling a, b ore

1. Colin was a teenager a. in the bs D. inthe 50s e
2. He quitschool when he was a. 13. bu. ©

3. His first job was a. ima factory D. inastore. e on farn

4. His main interest was a. music. b. buyingelothes. Ca watching’

5. His main regretisthathe a, spentalotofmoney. b. didnt take classes. c. dido'thave fun.

3 Writing An interview

A. Write five interview questions to ask a classmate about
when he or she was younger. Leave spaces for the answers,

1. Dia you get along with your parents?

2. ere you à 9004 student?

B Exchange your questions with a classmate, Weite answers to your classmate's quest

1. Dia yeu get along with your parents?
Yes, did. was busy, so | didn't see
them much. We agreed on most things
‘except for the car. We had a lot of
‘fights about thet

"into dee excep), spr row
We ateo ms ins except rece

tdi gre on much apart ram my best
‘end. Ty Mt hr

Pair work Now read your partner's answers. Ask questions o find out more information.

si

142. represen the Learning Tip and the ak directions.
Make se Se understand what they need todo.

= Prsn Learning Tp. Read the information aloud. Say
Look at the to charts below. What are the other
visto group vocabulary?” things you ae good at,
Chings you arent good at things you ik. ngs you
hate!

Pcs AÑ Aba Son) Books closed. Say, "Wirte he
four school subjects that you ak about most Maybe
you alk about them because you ell ike them or
inasbe because you tink theyre ei The reason
you talkabout thei doe matter" Ask several Seto
‘ay thet tp four subjects

= Wee wn the board: pic math, history, scene Say
“These are the top four
school subjects that people
al aout Are any atout
Subjects in his ist” Cal
Dut the subjects one bone.
Tal Séoul ei and
Ifthe subject ison tet i

"Which one do you
thik people ak about

‘most? Number then

From one ofr Books

open. Have read the

information he box
ou.

CD acy es These
ass rey the names of
‘school subjects

1 Preview and de ets Rend
‘he netoetons aloud
ASÍ SS o lok the et
‘column in tech
Explain "Conan the
past tense of can" After
Se complete the ask, have
‘hem compar her charts
In pales. Have Se ind out
whether they listed any of
eme ems in the same
columns

yur owe

Brom net

1:52 + Unit » Growing vp

Vocabulary notebook

arin tS. eat

1 plat tt esd te

Pravia ee ask Read the instructions aloud
‘tet Ss complet the rast have them compare the
‘hart ales. Have S ind out whether hey At
ny ofthe same tens in the same columns,

CD huele gana his task rece determiners,

= Fo a Ss work in groups an compare their chart,
Groups report fu mo a name of,

On your own
1 Frese! or Own Red the information aloud.

= For ap ue tar fe met as, put Sn smal
groups to read thelist ofthe subjects in Engh they
foe

‘hated math §

143. 5

oo,

5

roe Talks. Real the

Instrctinssloud Have Ss ead the isto statement.
Help with wocebularyas needed.

= Say “Look at statement 1: Find someone ho us

2 Do ask Tells to walk around the room asking
ins mind them to ask

born at home. Askca$ find and read te example
‘quenon. Tell Sst read statement 2 and ask say
the question for it (Do you ik playing ouside] Do

he same ars

menta 3 and

Sweep neato Be mpage

Free talk 6B POTTER

Breezes Resort!

Unit Growing up » T-S2A

144. Unit
6 Around town Language notes

—LessonA Out shopping

Grammar ts ter? Aa tre?
{See Students Book p55)

Sshaw already learned how to use Theis and Ther are

19 make sstements ee Touchstone Student’ Book
UUnit6, Lesson À and hee hey learn how to sk and
nse questions sh che structure
Fam
Questions eii ere?
ls eve aan singular countable noun?
lá or bam around hen?
= Affirmative and negative answer to ether... 7
Yes here es, here on on Main Srs
Ko: here ine)
= Questions with Are there...
Are there + any plural countable nous?
ve tere un ay phones aroun here?
1 Affirmative and negative answersto Are hee...
es, there are. Ys, tere are some on Main Stet
No there area
"With s there one canbe used in the answer to avoid
repeating te noun inthe question.
À ls ar a ut wasn a?
5 ha De rt ane. one a cafe around ere
= With Ar ire some oranycan be used in the answer
10 avold repeating the noun in the question,
A Are ere an restarts wu nr?
8 Ve te ar Tr ae soe on a ner Bock. same =
restaurants around hee]

ha Der aren'ta [any restaurant around hee)

ot: Some and any can also be used withthe nun
the answers (eg, Yes there are some restaurants on
the next Block. No, thee ae any restaurant around
her

Lesson B Getting around

(Grammar hrs an masts m Co as Cont
{See Students Book. 57)

Sslearned requests with can In Touchstone Student's
Book for

(© geting lpn class (see Unit 2, Lesson D)
Can loro pen? Can you repeat tat?

= ordering fond and drink (se Unir, Lesen)
Can have a die dat?

se
‘Questions ith thee and Are her ae used to ask
about the existence ofsomething- inthis lesson, places

ei one am 7 ar.
* Athoughiis posible to ask the question are
ere sone.… thst vn en Ar Dee
any ste time more quen
oe convertion corps about 2 percent ofthe
sel Mores re with plural nn. espia
Frquentwitnaorfanda purl noun eg. Theres
af pope here oy) Many people cone
his se ofthe singular verb (3) ith pra na
Abe ner expecially in wring

Grammar tasten ops
{See Student's Book p58)

‘The char as othe numberof location expressions
that Sslearned in Level. (See Touchstone Student’.
Book, Unit2, Lesson.)

Speaking naturally Wor res comparer
{See Students Bookp. 5)

(Compound nouns are made up of wo (or mote) word,
‘he second of which Isa nous (eg Book» re =
bookstore), Th fst word often another own (eg.
Paolo), but can be another part ofspeech. sua
ab ea from, payphone). The rat word usualy
tes about or specifies the second one: bok stare =
"store tha sell books. Some compound nouns are
writen as one word eg, Bookstore some ar weten
as uo words (ez. pay phone) In spoken English,
compound nouns are usually stresed on te fst word
(eg bookstore; pay phone).

This lesson reviews cam in request (eg. Can you lp
‘mai and presets cant ote (og, How ean T hel.
lso presents could to make polite requests eg, Could
ou give me directions)

Ferm

Could a modal verb. Modal verbs have the same form
forall subjects and are followed y the base foro the
ver. Like can, cl comes elo the subject Ines
questions (08. Could ask jo question’

145. se

People tend tose colin requests 1 be mor pale
especial when taking to strangers. Request wth

E Solar lo mor ertatve hon request A cum Requests with Car you.
a sg te speaker sqotassumingtbsttheotier ore equen than requests with Condo...
person wil ageeto the request
Conversation strategy Com = wits my and end, people sometimes use Whar,
2 mas a Sorin son ud din
Sepik nom olmo nding ap
= N. 4 Wa Hor very informal tuations ont
En, 8 Asa? or more formal anios]
la they do wt believe what they head and want. ear
fe Bor ds Corpus information Pm som?
they wantio hou a reaction such as surprise Inthe conversation corpus, or? is approximately
c label one and half times more equen than Eee mo?
e People check information inanumberofways These when le ud nk or arepecion of information.
Ince allowing:
Cc = Repeating par of what another peer aid oe
c A ais ae do nó ag as? ee
rr ne Students Book. 8)
Using espesos Did yc. tor es = Ro queen canbe alo be ued wo check
e yt request the peer ca or repente ie
ge m = Tee an echo question the isenerepst parto
c “what wae al, and thea ads a question word sbott
A Wee no ts.
= oe I part he re dd not hear or understand, aly
Damas theend Not thatthe quon word cas beat
: = Ueingerpresionssuchas mora? ortcure marta Sys
inte the spener repeat wha De rl
A Te poop a 100,
c À men 0€ ro? er
la car A too entr
= ety? sa wa?
Lesson. D_Exploring the city —
Help note Gmg ces ‘The compas points can be used as allons:
© {See Student's Bookp. SL) Adverbs
© “Te Hep Note summaries some of the kay expressions walk north
e fromthe walkingtonr gue np ein arca the Adjectives
vb: and prepositions: um ight on; return wa back eee
a Tor ma or forty blocs conto Set u aan

tals includes te our compass pols: ar, sou,
ast and west, which re frequently used in Nor
‘America for giving directions

sin he north the cy.

Language notes « Unit 6

146. Around town

Teac is nt opening page together with Lesson Ain one class ped

Indes ee u Ask, "What places do you like to go on this cy tw in your re time?” Call Ss
answer e. a move deal restaurant, store, port Mad, a museum). As Ss cal out thei eas wre them on
the board, Say, ‘Most of shaver go 1 a bank once a week 0. What are some other places you ave (ogo fot.
things you need for your everyday te” Cal on Sstoanswet ex, post office grocery os drugstore Moray), Sa, You
probably got diferen: parts ofthe ly 1 01 all these places When you goto places eeh parts ft ey
ou go around ows”

‚In Unit 6, you learn how to...
Un ns Read he unit aims ald Tell tito and
readslong
‘Slo through the un on thelr own and finda
‘lace for each number, They write place nd page
‘uber Ss compare ther chics in pais Seve Se
{athe as thet answers varada p 5
at; 2 hasard park 56: 3. cinema, 85
tater park. p84 stadt p65. Inert a
psi.
Before you begin... = =
1 oc a ci sees We onthe board sores, = Foreac plc, callo sever put rend thelr
transportation cf, Moral places Say Match Senenceto the das fg I xing coud
Fach pere with one ofthe des on he board her area lo of restaunis 21% good orig
alé 2. ses historia places 4 transportation has expensive There ae altofslop sab
* Reed thecommentsin Before You Begin aloud. Hare CMS intersting Thee ae some od ung There
Selisten and repeat Say "Each of these comment retours and brida 4s convient, There ar or
tellstmething abou the pletares. Match exch ‘ses Trea tome nou ain
comment picture" Check answers with
the class "Theres alot oe. 3; “cy toga ‘sta ali = irs
around: 4 rat forshopping2;"ThereSalo.of Pars think of thee places round her em that
a visir would probable ois a wre tee
acc rama an ost This task recycles Seasons forgoing o euch place, Several ps
"here ls) There are and words o describe Tres te as. The clase sens and dees
neighborhoods. (See Touchstone Student Bok 1 wo places they would rcammend oan
Tint)

1 Ask. "What else can you sy about each plture? Look
At pitur 1. stan excl pace or boring pace?

T-53 + Uni + Around town

147. Around town

In Unit 6, you learn how to...
use IS there? and Are there? o ask about places in a town
use location expressions like across from and outside.
use Can and Could to offer help and ask for directions
talk about stores and favorite places in your city or town.
check information by repeating key words, using
“checking” expressions and asking “echo” questions.

Before you begin...
‘Match each comment wih a cure.

D “There's a otto see.” MM “its great tor shopping.”
HH ‘ts easy to get around.” “There's a tot of nightie.” |
‘What else can you say about each place?

148. um.
3222

Woman Excuse me, please. Is there
an interet cal near here?
Jack Un... there's one on Main
Street across from the big
department store. I's eight
up this street.
Woman Thanks. Oh, and are there

any cash machines around
here?

JA

Jack Yeah. There are some ATMS
over there outside the bank,
Just across the street.

Woman Oh, yeah. | see them >
Tats
1 Getting started

A. How often do you go to places like the ones above? What can you do or
buy in these places? Tall the class

fe ole.

B @ Listen, À woman is asking Jack for help. What is she looking for?
Practice the conversation.

Figura
Tout += © Can you complete these questions and answers? Practice with a partner.
O Boy _isthere avideo arcade Osan any pay phones.
near here? around here?
Jack Yes,there's_______onBeach Jack Yes, there are in front
Street. ‘of the Happy Planet Internet Café,

149. Lesson Qut shopping

1 Getting started —

= Seth sone Books closed. Wille as column headings
on theboard: Stores and Shops, Fre Tne Paces.
Series Sy, What places ean you think af for each of
these categories?” AS cal ou thee ides, write thera
on te board (eg. Stores and Shops grocery stores,
‘lathes sors Arte re. Lite Haces offer shops,
reaurant movie haies, clu Serscs past oes,
Banks hospital

A

= Prevent tsk Books open. Say. "Look tthe pete of
neighborhood, Which af the places an the board are
inthe picture” As Ss call hem oul, circle ihen on the
board

LCD cl grammar This task recycles adverbs of
Frequency time expressions, and can

= Read the instructions aloud. Aska fee Ss, “Hore often
‘oyu goto the video arcade?” Se answer (eg, 1900
video arc tad o re ies a ek) Ak, “What
can ou do ata video arcade?” Se answer (08, You
an play computer games and mort our fren). Ak

hese questions bout a few f the the places inthe

pete.

= Dee lnk Testo take turn asking and answering
‘questions about te places in he pituto in pals.
Have several Ss report tothe class.

B@ ço2 mary

= Pr te tsk Books closed. Say, Listen othe
Conversation. A woman is king ac for help. at
‘Shelooking or Listen und write dhe anne

= Pay tne recrday listen and wt

= Payne rocrdg aa Ss open ther books, read along.
And review ther answers. Check answers with the
use woman looking for an Internet café and a
ash machine an AIM

= Prac Tel so practice the conversation in pais,
taking coms playing the oles ofthe woman and Jack

‘Unit 6 Around town

Cc

{fe Foie at y “Look comes
F7 gain. Find the woman's hrs question. Is here
an Internet cafe nea here Write the question on the
‘oad: Ask, "What two words does he question start

‘wih? Ire Under shee.

1 Anka 0 ed the woman's second question aout
Write on the Board. are here any eas machines
around here? Ask, "What two words does the question
Stare with” (Are therel Undelin are here

= Have Ss Gad the answer othe here... quentin,
‘and write on the bard. there's one on Mal Street}
Have Sefnd the answer tothe A thre question.
and write ton the board (There are some ATMS.
‘Ask "that word comes after as In cn answer
fone: Ask," What word comes er Tere are the
answer” some!

= Read the Instructions and the example aloud. Ask
“What place he boy asking about?" video arende
“Is vdeo arcade singular plural” singlal Point
atte correct answer here

"Dotto tak Have Secomplete the ask aná then
compare ther answers in pales Remind Ss to use the
‘convertion for help. Check answers wlth ho cae
have pairs of Ss euch reads conversation aloud,

answers
Jock Vos how's ren ean Sres. Tes aves
zum
2. Mon i ec oy py pos sc ne?
ca Ves Per a some not ae Happy Pan nat
Ga / Ther aera pa ras.

1 Foca on te form Ask "How do you ask a question
about one hing Hts an Internet af ls ther a1)
"How do you aska question about plural things ike
pay ones? (Are there a.)

= Tal So practice Une conversations in ple takin
urs playing exch oe

Tino ‘Tel to workin pais taking turns asking
‘Me questions nthe Students Book andunswering
‘vith thelr own information,

‘Eta act = pars
In pars, Sstake rms asking ech other about places
Inthe neighborhood (eg, there a bank near her?

Unit 6» Around town « T-54

150. 2 Grammar __

mr

Prosa grammar cat Play te recording, Ss ten
and repeat.

* Unters te grammar Ask Ss for he pater for
‘questions with ls there and Are thar and were ther
fn the board: Is there a an singular noun? Are
{hore ay plural noun? Do the same for shor
Answers: Yes. there / are. No, + there nt!
sen.

= Wie on the boa

‘stherea bus stop nea here?

Yes there's a bus op front th school.
ASK, “What word ean you use instead oa bus stop in
the answer?” one] Draw alin throu a us stop,
and write one above e Say "You dont have o repeat
{he nous in the answer. The prono one can replace
singular countable nouns”

2 Mirto on the boa:

Are ther any good ens in this oun?

es there are god cof on Mal Stet
Ask "What word can you use instead of god af in
the answer?" some] Draw a line through good as
nd wate somo sbove

Uxplni: When the answers nll you needs the
short answer You cat add one ray you wa,
and say No thee Stone or No there are

1 Prsnt Location Exprssios Read the location
expressions aloud, und have Ss repeat. ASKS rte
semence fr each expression using te map on

A

1 Proview be task Read the instructions and the samples
lo. Ask "Why are fe tere nd one te correct
answers? Bank singular Why ls o correct [Us on

3 Speaking naturally ——

AS cor rary

= Preview te sk Say, “Compound nouns are nouns
‘wih wo oF more nord Ike Boakroe and ero.
Some compound nouns are written sane ward e
bons] some ae two words ($ pay phone, Read
the three example The int word more heavy
tested than the secon word Listen and repeat the
‘compound nouns Notice the tres patterns”

= Play be rocordg Ss sien and repost

B € ç02 maw

= Pre sk Say, “Listen and complete te
questions”

= Pay record Audio sept. 7238 Play he
recording.

1 Pa recording apis Check answers withthe lass.

Answers
1. Ar Dre ary good eck er our hom?

T.55 + Ui» Around town

when you just give the name of street.

= Dothetas Have s complete the conversation Have Se
compare het answers in pais. Check answers wit)
ie ass,

ask rou ie?

5 8 0 Man Soe nett ce.

Dosen Sars Del ars e ste?

Dor Iman the paria

nl, lor m Lena De Dak ht a rte

vr Ar era pb seems br?

io Hoar any, Ut aer se ont
corre Man ad Tv ue er soma ae,

ieee te on

Tia On, ai ie sper any

Un er ore on re as um psa D

se

A amas ig = re am esse er

Vos vrs ia Sres en Ma wee Ser an

‘he ees

Ed El

= Have S practice the conversation in pals king
turns playing the roles of ack and the dre

"Preview he ak Head the instructions lou. TS that
fore then one answer about exc location sponse
Have Ss a ewer store opeier asa class o ode,
he task (e here a ely tore near hare? Ys,
‘here Theres one on the corner Main und Secon
ext the shoe store aces fromthe drugstore).

Do eto In pais have Sask and anse the
questions about the places. Go round the css,
Help as needed.

2 me 9 cD wos?
8: ry cs ee is eg
{ier sre bono
5 tres potage ae ao ner
À eue ay ah hes va et

1 Have Soak and answer the questions in pais

(SEE Assign Workbook pp-42 nd 43, (The answer key
Begins on p.248)

151. A Look at the map on page 54. Complete the questions with
Is therea or Are there any. Complete the answers with one, some,
‘any, and location expressions. Then practice with a partner.

Driver 1s there a bank around heret
pue Jack Yeah, there's ene right en Main Street.

> Ws. ‘the dei. Do you sce Sams Deli-
just the street?

© river Ob, yeah. Can | park there? mean,

© parkingo®

o Jack Well, theres just the

o bank, but the entraneeis Lincoln.

2 Driver Public restrooms there?

be Jack No, there aren't -Buttheresa
department store Main and Third. Im

e sure there are then
the store.

E Driver ‘Thanks. Oh, and supermarket anywhere?

> Jack Ub, there's ‘over there =
the bank.

o Driver And one more thing ~ shoe stores m

O ‚Jack Yes, there's Kiviera Shoes on Main,

o Second and Third Avenues

>

B Pair work Now ask and answer questions about these places on the map,
‘jewelry store restaurants a karaoke club gas stations an electronics store

À @ Listen and repeat the compound nouns above. Notice the stress pattern

B @ Listen and complete the questions. Then ask and answer the questions with a partner.

à 1. Are there any good nearyourhomet 4. Istherea_ in this neighborhood?
2. Isthere a big ‘around here? 5. Isthereagood near your home?
3. Are there any outside this building? 6. Arethereany_—aroundhere?

152. 1008 Getting around

© Are you lost? Can I help you?

Yes, thanks. Can you tell me how to get to.
Panther Stadium?

© Sure. Goto the end ofthe next block, and tum
right. Walk up two blocks. You can't miss it

A Excuse me, could you give me directions tothe
Rock n° Roll Museum?

1 Sure. Go straight ahead for two blocks. Youre
going to see a ferry terminal. Make a right and
90 down the street about a block. I's on the let.

1 Building vocabulary

A @ Listen to the conversations, and follow the directions on the map.
Then underline all the expressions for directions Practice with a partner.

Bis

and then find your destination

Youre just outside the parking garage. You ask: You're in the Ocean View Hotel. You ask:

“Could you tel me how to get tothe aquarium?” Can you give me direction fo Symphony Ha?"
The aquarium is going tobe on your right Then make aight.
Youre going o see a ferry terminal Tun lft again at the comer, and walk up a block.

rs ight ther, on tho lft
When you go out ofthe hotel, um ef

1 Go straight ahead fortwo Boks
Make a left.
Walp the stret about one bok
56

153. tessonB Getting around

Ang vocabulary

= Sette cer Say When people go 1 different places
Is called orig around wo ou unl get
around?" Se answer eg a, la, bus buy, ran,
Biol, wal ak, "When you want to nd out how
togettoaplace, what can you dof” Callon few $50
Answer (eg. tok ata map atk poops

ASP cortex)

‘Preven he tat Say, “Lok a the map, Visors need.
icons forthe places they want to go. Listen to e
“conversations in which people ask or directions lok.
tthe mip, nd flow de diccions you heat”

= Paye rezrdeg S sen and ol the directions.

= Pay Dorso again Se sen and underline all he
expressions for directions

= ave Sscompare their answer in pars. Then check

res wth che clas: ak individuo call ut te
expressions. Go straight.
Sigh: go doen the street: about a block; onthe lt
E he walk up two
Block. Help with new vocabulary as needed.

= Prcic Tel Sto practice he conversations pales

taking turas plang each le

$, Pre ine nk Tel Sto look atthe wo sts of
“FS directions Ask Se how many differen parts w
‘he directions there rein the ist set (ve) and how
many her are in he second set fou.

1 Read the instructions aloud, Make sure hat Ss
understand the starting location and final destination
foreach set of directions Point out that nthe st set
‘fictions the fist step s alread done or them,

= Dot at Have Ss number the directions and then
compare tei answers in pales. Check answers with
the lass call on individual So enh ead ate.

Answers
sur

FEAT eun gogo be on eri.
Vote ose ater trina

Ga avala amas tr mo tos,

Elie ee

LA aka esto about otek

Sur

ES es mate ang.
Etant aa tte come, a wap ac.
Er er a beet

er you gt ol ut,

Uni G Around town

Fes on he for ad te se Weite a column headings
fon he board: Wak Sraghr Expresons Tur
pro, np pei, rn
Say "Read the two conversations in Part A. What
expressions do sos that mean "walk trait
Write answers inthe appropriate column go
straight ahead: go down the tee go othe end ofthe
(next block walkup)

= AskSsiocall oo expressions fr ting people o turn
‘corner and rt Ihem on the Doar. make a right
urn ah

a Say." Yo can tll prople the nme of place or à
building to look for so they know hey gang the
‘ight way Pind a sentence har ges checkin
texpresion." Write amer onthe board. [ute
oigo ce ferry terminal

= Ask, "What expressions do speakers Hand Cu oe
‘hele direction!

= Tos Have each partner choose a new sta
location and a destination on the map, Have Sl askS2
{or directions Then have partners roles and
repeat the uk

Extra vocabulary: ging aeons
Preset of have Suggest esta vocabulary forgiving
diccions, suchas inesetion, he rai) his,
‘stalk pedorian easing tafe cir, dead end,
hore take alright, al lang jus past Jus

Culure note
or most people thereis no difference between
Saying al up orl dono a street. Lowever. people
‘who ive incites whose sees re lid out in a lear
or south and eat west gid tend to say wn up for
forth and walk down fr south

ara at = pairs
Stand 2 lt back to back Si chooses:
Jocation anda denon oo the map but lls 2
‘nly the strtingocaton Si then gives? directions
{othe destination. si asks, "Where ureyouT” 52
“answers Sst oles and repeat the ts

Unit 6» Around town + T-56

154. 2 Grammar

ner

Presa e grammar hart Play the recording listen
nd repeat

1 Understand te gama Tell Seo ook at the chart Say
“This char shows how to make oles and requests
‘with can and could” Ei or explain the meaning
‘of offer and ques na request, you ask someone
o lp you. nan offer, you sy you want el
someone. Ass look tthe mo conversions in
ett Around np 36 aná find two requests and
one offer. (Request: Excuse me, could you give me
irctons to the Rock n° Roll Museum? Can you tell

‘me how ogo Panther Stadium? Ofer Can help
yout!
Point ont ould Explain that people make requests

‘with coud when they want to be more formal or poli
{For more information. see Language Notes athe
beginning ots unit)

= Present Carro Hooks closed. Ask. “When people
make requests, which do they sy more often car or
‘ould Write the word thats more common. Hooks
‘pen Aska wea the information loud.

A

1 Proven st Read the instructions aloud,

= Date st Have Ss complete the ask and then
compare heiranswers In pales Check answers with
the class: have pat of Seach read a conversation
loud. Have Srl their hands they wrote
teren answer Have tose Send thelr ameno
ous

3 Listening and speaking

AE oamaı
= Prevew he task Read the inatraetons alo,
1 Pay erro Andi script. E239 Selten and

rumber te places Pause the recording aftr each et
“of eiretions to give S time to answer

1 Pay te recording aa S seo and evi their
answers. Have Ss compare their answers In pis
Then check answers wih tela.

Answers

{lew agua 2) ery tein
(elt Rock Ral Mes Cane St

4 Vocabulary notebook

also turn 1 Vocabulary Notebook np. 62 of
their Student Books. Have Sedo the tanks ins, oF
assign them formes (See he teaching notes on
prea)

T.87 + Unit + Around foun

Possible answers
1.4 Can you ne howto et Pater Scan?
1 Sure Js 9 cu dee ad Tt in one 2
{le rg Va er sa ru os.
rm gt ar ce ao Pater Sd mp ss.

2.4 Gils me recon tte Sapa Taster? 5
Werne? 9
18 Us rt Wa re 80% a It, ne et
gh exes st scr Wg ad
Fan nat ichs The Base gie, one 9
Eu
3.4 Cenyourteanneed also grumos
8 Late tink Ther à ui ain er Par Go ont
‘te on an rng up svete sk nd
tapar To na pal st a, ANE De
Stare ane
44 Gauthep a
13 Ye. ta i ht way 1 Be ee Pare
A Ve at goede art Goo a al
‘bk an um gh a ONO en re oe

E 9
¡E Rec a conerston strategy For the following,

ask $s sould use the “read and Io up” technique

mind Sto use mean f they make an error giving

the directions. 9
= Pre and te ask Read the instructions loud

Have rea hei answers nd ihn loop ande

(hir partner. Tell Seto sch roles and repost

“EEG Preven be task Read he instructions alud. A
LL individuo each read one of the questions.
“Ask two $510 read he example conversation.
1 Date sk Have pais complete the task. Go round
help needed. ©

the est
ee best acto eax before

een
ee
ee
Ind a een and
nen

ERB Assign workbook pp. 44 and 5
begins on. 248)

(The answer key

155. ‘ould & nit Arundtom

5 Der
E you... ?ismon common
“tran Goo you... Porres
fe Ppl use Could you... 210
O ‘A Some people are asking for directions at the Visitors Center on MAMI request more pit
o the map on page 56. Complete the questions and writ directions
© 1. À you tell me how to get to Panther Stadium
© 3 Sure Justo,
© 2. À yon give me directions tothe Shakespeare Theater sit Ir fom here?
€ 5 Ub, es not fr. Walk _
© A you recommend place o go running?
o 5 Letme think. There's a running path in Floral Park. Go
© À Ihepyout
© 2 Yes, thanks. I this the right way to Blue Water Park?
5 À Yes, just go.
c B Pair work Now take turns asking for and giving direction o Ue places above
3 Listening and speaking Finding your way around
€ A Look at the map on page 56. Listen to the concierge at the Ocean View Hotel give

= directions to people. Where do they want to go? Number the places

O U] theaquarium, — theserryterminal. _ tha Rock'n'Roll Museum. | Panther Stadium

B Pair work Ask und answer questions about
you ae in, Use these questions, or think of your own,

Could you recommend a cheap restaurant around here?
1 there a place to go skateboarding or biking near here?

Can you tell me how to get to the subway orto a bus stop?
Could you give me directions tothe nearest video arcade?

À Could you recommend a cheap restaurant around here?
8 Sure. Try Ann's Diner. When you leave the building, tum et. Then.

_4 Vocabulary notebook Which way?

See page 62 for a new way to log and learn vocabulary.

57

156. Lesson use me?

‘A. What are the best ways to check Information? Choose two responses.

À Excuse me. Is there a mall around here?
3 Huh? Amall? Did you say a mall?

2 Wow tn, Whats thre o o near he noe? Hi Can help you?

Yes. Wat is there to do
around here? Within walking
distance.

Within walking distance? Wel
the Center Mal isa 15-minute
walk trom here.

Filleen or filly?

leen. They have a ot

o good stores and movie
‘theaters. Or i you want o go
see a ply, here's

Ym sorry? A play? Um … no,
1 think a movie sounds better.
Did you say the Center Mall?
Yes, i's right down this street.
The new John Woo movie is
playing — 1 heard it's good.
Excuse me? The new what?

Concierge The new John Woo movie.
lt got great reviews.

AR 163 1: wa rm ee” Ocio xeon
‘heck information. Thy repeat words as een o y? hr al
a question or use “checking” expressions. ss

Did yousay...? @|
Find examples inthe conversation. What did you say?

ch the questions with the checking responses, Then practice with a partne

1. Could you give me directions tothe airport? € a. Did you say Indian or Indone
2. Istherean Indonesian restaurant near here? ___b, Im sorry? Did you say a bookstore?
3. Do you have a number fora cab company? what di

4. Whereis there a bookstore around he 4, Excuse me? Did

5. Are there any good concerts on this week? e. Concerts, did you

157. FOUDOOOUDODUOUDODDDODDDDDDNIO0D000

+

Lesson C Excuse me?

Unit 6 Around town

CD Lesson eee co or ters nd eqs hare / Are her, aed vray place ge alos td “around tun”

1 Conversation strategy =

Wy tek normalen?
hg mn an eset ray fiers. The
pesos tain sen carb be when ae dor
ol nar rd wär hat os Lg Sp 5
‘ecu cota exchanges o aten? mor man.
So Langage Nts ae Doge li nt]

= Sete cae Tell Seto look at the photograph. Ask
"Wheres the woman e hotel des] "Who she
talking to" he concierge] What are some ofa
conclrge duties give information o guests make
roro at restaurants, erage ours fr guests
‘Sages places 0 go! “le: he condlerge showing
the woman’ [a pamphlet brochure
Ask, "What do yu think e main ea of the
‘Conversation wi be" Wie Meas onthe board
(68. recommendinga place o go ging icons.

AB ann

1 Pre ets Read the instruction aloud, ave Se
Took the AH convertion anal make bei choles.
‘Chock answers withthe lass. A mall Did you say
à mal Explalo that people sometimes sy uh or
What check information bu hiss very normal

and might be considered impolt
1 Say "Listen othe conversation between Kate and the
anime What there odo near the hotel Wit the

= Pit earig Books closed Se listen and write the

Anwen: ave Ss check het ses pair Check
nes withthe las. [Theres a mall wth Some good

totes anda movie thester You can go and se play]

= Faye early sos Books open Tell so ste and
es lon,

= Ask Seto read she conversation again and ook forthe
main ess ofthe conversation Cal on afew efor the
“answer recommending place o go near the hoe
ka ook atthe main eas on he board, whieh
they brainstormed caller, and se they gcse the

1 save $s cal our any sods they ao unsur of Write
{hom on the board Ask other Sto help explain the
meaning ofthe words, or expla them yours

1 Prsa te ead the information and th examples
shoud. Sa, “Find example inthe conversation”
‘Within walking distance; teen ory; sorry?
plas ou say the Center Mall Excuse me?

= Pacs Tel so practic the conversation in par,
‘aking ums paying each oe

raven tes Tel Sto match the questions with the

checking responses Have Ss ead all of the questions

And all ofthe responses before they begin. ASK two Ss

to end the example, one reading the question and the

Other reading he checking response.

= Doi sk Have Ss complete the task and then
compare hei answers An ples

= Check answers with the class have par ofS each
read a question und is checking response,

Answers

= Test practice with partner, giving their om.
checking responses.

‘oltre note
When people ae speaking ntormally with ends,
they ote us say. Sorry” sa signal or the speaker
to repeat the information.

‘tra act india pairs
Ss imagine that today isthe fist day of school and
that they ae ew students, Severe wo questions
about the schol or he are around the cho! 10
‘sk thet partner (68. the school poo pen on
caen? Where can yo or Lunch? ak is
her questions and S2 ures expresions to check
Intonation Pairs ontinu the Convention ors

Jong as they can. Then Se change roles.
Tel Seto turn to Seu Listening Unit atthe back

oftheir Students Books. Assign he tasks for homework,
rh Ss chem in cae, (See the askson p. LIDO nd
‘head seripton EE)

sit » Around town + T-58

158. 2 Strategy plus. ñ

May eee” questions?
860 quis anal ewe sort. Ty ay
be use ag ue a peso lr hc Pm er
‘xa. 507) Ths y stars er? rr mua lat, ss
Langage ts atte gern lis nt)

1 Preset Ste Pes Read the information tthe et
loud, Ask pars to each read one ofthe thes examples.
Puit out that, depending on the information you want
1 check. you ced to ask What? Where! What tne?

te, tomate te content of what you are checking,
Wille onthe board
Concierge The new john Woo moves paying
Kate Excus me? Te nw what?
Say, "The question word nan ‘echo question get
lovofstress This helps he fist speaker know what
Information to repeat”
‘Ask Ssto ook at the other two examples. Ask “What
(6 you thinks answer willbe o im sory is where?”
‘on each Steel "What about As answer Excuse
me? opens at what te?” a 10.001
Tea practice the example conversations in pair,
paying each ole Tel st focus on
sees (he question word and to Include
[Av answer In each conversation.
= Preset narration Books ciosed. Ask. “Which do
people sty mare often, Im srry Excuse me?” Ask
fora show ol hand or each choice. Books open. Have
5 red the information aloud to find the answer.

8 Listening

AP 002.1118)

* Proview he tat Head the instructions aloud, Have Ss
read the chic before you pla the recording

= Paye sang Audio seript p F239 Ss listen and
‘number the boxes Pause he recording ater the ist
‘conversation, ad show S hat don sy Grek?
ls ne correct answer. (Note: Answets are checked
following Pat)

BE 02 mars

= Provewite a Read the instructions aloud

"Pay reso Audioseriptp 299 Seite,
review their answers or Por, and make notes onthe
Information the clerk gives in response

= Have Ss compare their answers in pars, Check
Answers with he las

Part answers
[E tase? Tite or?
LL es eek?

(E msn? ate?

[2 conie avt oyo sa?
(3. sory, any wat Cocer?
[5 Dé say dee?

1.59 + Unit 6» around town

Preven the ask Tell Ss complete the echo"
questions withthe question words inthe box. Haves
‘ead the conversations before they begin. Help with
new vocabulary as needed. Aka pair Ss to sad the
‘example

Date ask lave complete the ask and compare
{heir answers ps Cheek answer with he clas:
ave pal ofS euch read conversation,

Ansmers
1.8 sony, ae ar alt ot una
2.8 Ex me show a?

2.8 Fons ae?
AL im sor, Dwar wt id pe
5.8 Base ra Mans

88 Me cost own?

= Tel Ss to practice the A/B conversations in pais
‘aking tumns paving each ole TL so include As
mer foreach conversation Remind Seto use extra
res on the question word,

B

“Es, Preven sk ead the instructions aloud, Ask

“EE” two Sto read the example convertion,

= Doite task aves do the ask Go around the clas,
and hep seed,

Part 8 answers
1. Th Gee estan loa on Mans.

2 Da a mare ne emet

3 Te jaz Come ong pres 90.

À 2 16 an Stet ext ve ada

5 Re atenta. Yeu ca rn ho a fr erat.
8 Te wur es om or ati

iy = pairs

colon cat
err at te si

ene questo ung ec” anat
a

yee

> Assign Workbook pp 46 and 7. (The answer ey
beginsanp. 1200)

159. Unit 6 Around town

2 Strategy plus_ “Echo” questions _ e

Inan “echo” question, The new John Woo Excuse Here are some more examples:

you repeat something movie is playing. Te neu war? à The video arcade ison Beach Stet

ou heard, and you 8 Im sony, its where?

pe roda A opens at 10:0.

——— 18 Excuse me? I opens at what time
In conversation...

‘A Complete the conversations with “echo” questions. Use the question Dm sorry? more ten han

words in the box. Then practice witha partner excuse me?

= 7
DR Excuse mer

1. A There ate lots of street performers in the city right now:
R Tmse
2. A There's a miniature golf course about 15 minutes away:

y. there are alotof what?

B Fxcuse me, i's 2
3. A The best outdoor pool around here sat Ocean Beach.
B lm sorry i's 7
4, A There ate grat gift shops in this neighborhood.
E l'm sorry there are _ of shops?
5. A The movie theater opens at 10:15 a.m.
E Excuse me, it opens at__?
6. A Rides in the amusement park cost $5,
B They cost 3

BEL. 5 Pal work Student A: Tella partner about a place you Know well. Use the ideas

above, Student B: Check the information you hear. Then change roles.

“There are some nice stores inthis neighborhood.” _ "m sorry, there are some what?”

3 Listening Tourist information =

A @ Listen 10 the beginning of six conversations ata tourist-information desk, What
do you think each person says next 10 check the information? Number the sentences.

“Cookies and what, Tin sony any "Did you say
did you say?” what? Concerts?” L— oies?"

B € Now listen to the complete conversations, and check your answers. What other
information does the clerk give each person? Make notes. Then compare with a partner

160. Lesson D

1 Reading

Exploring the city

iy? Where are they?
À Are there any interesting places to walk around your city? Wh y

flour? Tell the clas.
Can you go on a walking tour? Tell th

ead, follow the tour on the map.
B Read those pages from a walking-tour guide, As you read, fol

CHINATOWN

San Francisco Chinatown is the largest Chinese
Community on the West Coast of the US, and
Row home to aver 14,000 people. Chinese setles
‚Same here as early as 1846, opening buses
near Portsmouth à

1. The tour begins atthe
Chinatown Gate atthe
Intersection of Bush Street
and Grant Avenue. Walk north
on Grant~a busy street of
Shops selling souvenir,
Jewelry, artwork, furniture,
Cameras, and electrons.

2, Ati comer fair and Gant bok around
¡LAS Mary's Cathedral 1891) andits doping oe
stare photographs of 1¢h-century Chat

60

3-Across fom the cathedral on California
St Mary's Square a quiet park with asta
ie Chinese revolutionary leader Sun Yat se,

À: Opposte e cata on Gran, ie Ching Chang
Templevelomes ios und us ou ou ae ry |

ton Clay
(0 Portsmouth Square, and.
watch local people play cards or Chinese chen,

6. Take the footbridge across Kearny trect oth |
Chinese Culture Center. Here here ae eile eg

of Chinese and Chinese American ar anal
Permanent display of Chinese music insert |
its well worth ist

7.Retum to the square, and
tum left onto Washington
Street. On the eft isthe Old
Chinese Telephone Exchange.
Nowa bank, the exchange
‘pened in 1908. Operators
had to speak English and five
Chinese dialects

B.continuewestonWashington,and |
ur right into Ross Alley Near the end

ofthe blockis the Golden Gate Fortune — |
Cookle Company, where you can samplo

the fortune cookies

‘his iswhere your tour ends,
‘We hope you enjoy your tour
of San Francisco's Chinatown, 4

161. 100

>

tessonD Exploring the city
1 Reading

= Seth scone Read the ile of the leson aloud ey.
"Exploring acy means walking around and seeing
the sights Do you enjoy exploring new cts? What do
ue odo when you visits new ety What do you
keto see?” Get Ideas om Ss. Ask lio up questions
to get more information,

A

Prreadng

= Prove ad th tsk Ask several “Ae there
Interesting places to walk around in you cy? Where
are they” Call on several ss to answer. (Note ln
less made up of x from diferent munies ci,
rones, ask 6 ram several diferent places talk
about the paces they are rom. In classes made up
most fs fom oe arg are, you can ask about SO
neighborhoods or ii

= Ask, “Are there interesting reas where you can goon a
‘walking tourin your y Ss answers ask, “What
an ou set” Callon several Sto answer

B

During reading

= Preven he eng We these questions onthe boar:

2 How many people ve San Francisco
Chinatown?

1 Say “Red the Gest paragraph and answer these
‘questions. alse your hand wen you find all the
answers Callon Sto answer the questions lon
‘he Wea Cost ofthe United tales Tel ett San
Francisco sn California) 2.14000 3. 1346

Culture note
‘When immigrants from China began to rive inthe
‘United States ithe mld-10008 they often went 10

live wth ether Chinese immigrants They established
urban neghborioods, where he common language
And culture made tve fee! at home. Aste
‘Communes became permanent, they became
formallyknoven as Chinatown. There are Chinatown
in many lage ran cies in Nor Amerie, including

‘The Chinatown later became tourist attractions
“offering unique food and products. Tourism helped
‘rate jobs ar hose in Chinstoens white making the
‘migrants culture known to other Americans

Unit 6 Aro town

= Read instructions loud Say, “Read the paragraph
‘numbered 1. Then look atthe map. Where does he
{our start What's the location? Find the test names”
CCallon S to give the answer. (Ihe our stars atthe
‚Chinatown Gate. Ion Ihe corner of Bush Sree ind
Grant Avenue |

= Da etude Have Ssread the walking our guide and
follow our on the map When Se Fi ask Sto
describe the location othe place of interes described
ineach paragraph

Possible answers

2, CS May Catal on comal Cte 5
ans

3 St any Sue on Call Son aten Gat one
se ey Ste.

4. Ton hing Cure Trot en Gant enn bee Ca
‘Sheela Sante Sst

5, Ponsa Sq beer Cy Stet nd
‘Sree,

6 The is tae Carter ont erat Keay Stat
se Watton Stet

1. Th Oi Canes Teper Exa on Washing Soot
Bene ery Ste and Gra ere,

8 The Gen Gi etre Cou Comer on te caret
Ress Ay and cise St

treo

When Ss finish, ask 1 his Interesing information
for yout Why? Why not” Get ideas am Se (3, No
ont want o visit Sam ans: es, enjoy walking
tows)

= Dothe easing api Have Se red the guide again and
title any new words. Ask st compare new words
lia ales and ep ac ther wid the meanings Help
With new vocabulary as needed,

Esta acti plc
Partners quiz each other about the Location places
Onthemap eS: What ar rom he Carpa!
on Pine Stet S2: St.Mary's Square). S ets wo tes
Toanswerbefore! gives the answer Then Ss site
EN

Uok 6 » Around town + T-60

162. c

Postending

"Proview be ak Head the instructions aloud. Ask
diferent Se o each read une a

‘Dome task Have Ss find and rite down the
Information from be sree to answer the questions.
“Then ha thet compare thet answer in Par
Check answers withthe ees.

2 Talk about it

= Seth scene Ask, “What ae some of your favorite
places in your town or ly” Get ideas fom Se. ake
follow up questions o get more informatio, suchas
hat people can do there

= Proven he tak Read the instructions low. To model
the tas, have different Ss ask you the ist two or three

dti in your answers give more normaton

han just che name ofthe place

= Doin task Have groups discuss her cas Have Ss
{ey come io an agrerment about each question and
make noe ofthe answers. As the talk, go around the
‘las, and help as needed.

3 Writing
A

= Proven te tsk Read the instruction aloud TellSsto
‘eal the sample paragraph aks few comprehension
‘questions (eg Where doe he tour begin? What ca
{ou sein the park? What can you do, After Ss answer,
$y; Answer Ihe kind of yon nthe paragraph
ou wate in dis task You can Joke questions in
Terese for dens

= reset go Call om Ss o read the Incomplete
Sentences aloud. (For more information, see Language
Notes te beginning otis wat)

= Say “Look the guide op. Fe
expressions forging directions”

jon Sto read

lefeonto Washington Street 7)
Washington, and aright no

4 Free talk

= Tel Sao tur to Free Talk a the buck of
¡Student Books. Have Ss do the task, (Seo the
{eaching notes np ESA)

T-61 + Un 6 + Around ton

4, oe Gre Fern ona Compay
2 Ms tan
3 nous an.

1 Flory Encourage Ss to say why they chose the best
placer take interesting petures and the tee places
‘hey would ike to ee

= Falow p Ask groupsto report thelr answers to each
question

Stade mule or tor ab nte
Be Sen

Br

= Do e ask Have Ss wre hei guides. As they writ
round the class, and tp as needed.

Extra activity = pairs
So draw simple set map forthe rea oftheir

age to partner Sten reads ir or her
uid aloud to who ens und drm he om
described. Ss then sich ole

B

= Pre and de the tsk Have Sin each group res one
another guides, choose the our that ny Would ke
ot ard ny wh

= Foto San enh group decide on the bes nur. Pat
rends ls rer guide ote cass. Encourage other
SetoatFfolowsp questions.

EB Assign Workbook pp and 9. Te answer key
begins on p.T28)

163. Unit 6 Around own

© Read the guide again, and answer the questions. Then compare with a partner.

1. Where can you do these things, according to the guide?
a. lookat old photographs €: buy Chinese art
b. listen to someone talk about a temple — d. ea a well-known dessert
2. Where is the best place to take interesting pictures, do you think
3. Which three places would you like to see on this tour? Why?

2 Talk about it What are some of your favorite places?

Group work Discuss places in your town or city.
Can you agree on the best place todo these things?

Is there.

» a good place o sit and watch people go by?
a fun place to spenda rainy afternoon?

‘a cheap (but good) place to cat

a quiet area to go fora walk or a jog?

a good place to shop for electronic products?

an interesting museum?

‘a neighborhood with lots of eu

‘neighborhood with lots of interesting nightlife?

events?

3 Writing A walking-tour guide

A Write guide for a walking tour for an area in your ety or town. Write about three

different places. Give directions and explain why they are worth a vii

A Walking Tour of Rockville

The our begins at Monterey Park Its js heh |
‘beautiful park with abi lake. thas

beautiful flower gardens al yea. our begins at 4 Zr
“Tumrighton Set Wi est

‘Enter the park on Lincoln Avenue. Walk ETA IR

along the road untl you get othe lake. es

~ Find a nice park bench, Is a good place Sah
tositand watch people. oe

: ‘Walk back to the entrance, and turn right
‘om Lincoln Avenue,

B Group work Read your classmates’ guides, Choose a tour you would like to take.
‘Tell the group which tour you chose and why.

> _4 Free talk Summer fun ho
Mas pci es OIEA

Student A: See Free la. Student B: See Fee tlk 68.

er

164. Vocabulary notebook

If done for homework

If done in class

= Facet aay Ip Read the information aloud. Sy,
Giving directions fi because different people

right use diferent expressions o say how o get um.
‘one cation o another. By drawing map ofa place
“aci va and familar to you and hen ring the
‘ectons on the map, he direction vocabulary will
ave more meaning and be easier t remember

1 Preseli There Bath rod Her? Hooks closed. Write
‘onthe Board: thee a bank here? ak, "What
ico words ld we ea inthis lesson that can o
the blank" around, near Wee the wo words on
‘the board. Ask, Which one do you think people
more often?” Cal ut each
word, and ask fora show of
hands Books open Aska;
to rea the information in.
thebox.

(ED These asks recycle
‘The vocabulary forgiving
directions

1

= Pre and nie test Read
the instructions aloud
Poin ot that he fist ep
inte direcion Wal up
‘ne block. Have Se complete
the ase and then compare
ts nner in par.
‘Checkanswers withthe

Answers

‘Blot re more ck

Clamp t

au oe ic.

Feat

le cas
os

state 2

17-62 + Unit » Around town

Vocabulary notebook

ex ty De

2
1 Preview sd de he bk Read the instruction aloud

After Ss complete the task have them compar thelr
aps and dieron in pais

(On your own
1 Preset On Yor an Read the information loud.

= Folowup Ati start of he next clas, bring hir
maps, and ella partner he directions.

|
which way? FF |

165. Unit 6 Around town

Free talk 6 ais

6 = Tell Ss o turno the Ba ati Student Books and = Inthe same pars have Ss discuss which resort they

Look at Free Talk Divide the lass nto wo groups: A ui Ike go fo and why
O and B-Te Sin group Atolookat ree TACA NE ala Have te cass ot on whieh esor they
S ‘hess in group to ook at Fee Talk. Thinks no best Aska few Seo explain why,
1 Preview ne tsk Read the instructions for
e Free al GA an ree alk loud, Have

SS ind ihre 0: our other Ss with the
Same ete as thers A or Have groups

5 ‘wore ogee to read the information
In their brochur and discuss any new
6 ‘oeabulaty. Go to each group separate

tnd help wih vocabulary as needed
CD heel cnerato strategy Remind ss
6 ‘hey can explain new vocabulary to har
partner by using expressions such units
Kindof... ts tik a... (See Touchstone
= Students Book 1, Unit Lesson +)
el Seto cover the roces and ook at
{he example conversations for Free Talk
A (and GB. Aska pairof So read the
‘example conversation fom tee Talk

= 1 Dee ask Have Stak turns asking
teach other about he resorts Have Sas
5 Dlr make list fe things he ind aoe

‘ut, Check answers with the ass ask A

alia Seo cal tte tracions
ws fun. fon,
= that are thesame similar. Sea

Tho a wars
2 Thos mane gt
a 3 Tr on 0 ato eta
de ers acta nr 200 sores,
5 8 Tr rtp ras win 20
sees 20 West mie.
(Ten aeg cons wi eat

O 7. Tecos Fu Paz wih aveo aca
o tego co te sain. ren
Br pool

2 Ms is publ pl cause
© 3 To a 1 rate trans

À Tres à Boppy tot wa outs and
O as
A 5 Times an rs Cana it in me ee

ar se trata toga sm

= or a te daly css rz M3
o 1, Th à seu Pat | Sateen
= & Tre Summer Tai ‘owe

bd Unit 6» Around town + T-82A

166. Touchstone checkpoint Units 4-6

Before you gin the Touchstone Checkpoint. have Ss complete the Sei Check Chart on p64 Tell

dy will look

atthe chat agin after doing he Checkpoint tasks ose the percentage they want to crcl are ill he sae

1 Unscramble the questions.

(CD This task cycles the word onder of question with
he present continuous as tur, lv ate wth gong
fo. the simple past, the past ob, and Are hare

= Frein he tat Hooks closed, Wet rst scrambled
question on the board. Say, “Put the words nthe
Correct order” Have a ay tn question, and wate
fon the board.

Do ha task Books open. Have Ss unseramble he
‘questions. Check answers with the cas: hase
Individual Ss ead thee questions

Answers

1. More ou ng at ek

2. yoo gg steppe ater cs?

5S. gc iran temor

4 Daycu mono ea tom made ey?

5 Wane De gencia

Wan syste saben 0 What tet wes
you inca so

1, Ares ltt un paces your renace?

__2 Can you complete this conversation?

{€ This task reels the uses of thers on, ine
“expresion, object pronouns and e eas
eyes the conversation steps of checking
{formation asking echo" questions correcting
yourself and using “vague” expressions and
response
Sethe scene Have Se skim he incomplete
conversation. Ask, "What the conversation about"
[ie cation ola use store; a woman ooking fora
present
‘Proven te ak Read the instructions and the example
loud Tell sto use each expression only once,

= Dot ask Have Ss complete the conversation. Check

With any ofthe anses given.

17:63 + Units 4-6 Touehsone checkpoint

= els o woo in pals, taking urns asking and
tnsweting the questions. Say Answer each question,
And then continue the conversation as long as you
an Model the task by having a ask you the rt
Question. (Note 1S ate stil m high choo, have
them ask "What was your favorit subject as yea”
Toenumber)

= ollo A fow Ss sar ane interesting or men thing,
‘hey leaned about thet partners.

Esta act = pars
Pals write three 0 fou scrambled questions
those in ase and en exchange

Pee Sa Ci
Fur asin snd answering hem,

Ansmers

A thr a gue muse sr un re?

Times oon cme aD

À ever

5 00 rn Au, man, Sn oe ar De.

A DÍ ys Sch Ave? cel lol aa?

5 MN They hace a nds fm an po nn ween mas
es an 9 ak an eng.

A Mecano wa

1 Norah aa: uk. el, acy, rg ni, ut
lols pnt Co jou arte

A Now? ot ie Wt ie Set oe?

à necerteees

A 09.0 Lean iy grande it te ity

8 tex ow eve cose rat

1 Fracc Tell sto practice the conversation in pairs,

playing each le

using

rel SI slong fora
‘Hore to buy present 2 knows where the stores
and es ain At ar crol
conversations forthe ass.

167. Touchstone checkpoint

1 Unscramble the questions.
Put the words in the correc order to make questions. Then ask and answer the questions
witha partner.
1. doing /are/next weekend / what you 7
2. after class / going o / you! go shopping /are ?

3. rain / tomorrow / going to is ?

4. you (here / did / another city / from / move +

5. lastyear / you / did / on vacation / go / where 7

6. what / your / in school / favorite / was / subject ?

are /alot of / in / fun places / neighborhood / there / your ?

2 Can you complete this conversation?

‘Complete the conversation. Use the words and expressions in the box. Use capital letters
where necesssary. Then practice with a partner.

A Is there a good music store around here?

B There's ‘on the corner of Fifth and Oak.

A Ws.

3 On Fifth Avenue, ixth Avenue, and Oak,

4 Sisth Avenue? A couple of blocks away?

33 Yeah. They have all kinds of music, and you can watch
music videos and do karaoke

à You can do A

13 Karaoke. | went last week, Well, — didnt

10 inside, butt looks great. Do you want to go?
A Nowe What time does i close?

B It doesn’t close midnight.

4 Oh, OK. Lean get a video for his birthday.
You buy. ‘musi videos? How old is he?

A Wel, he in 195, so how old is that?

3 1 don'tknow. I never could do math.

168. Touchlne chectplt ts 4-6
—3 What can you remember? TRE =)

À Add five words to each category, and compare with a partner Ask questions to find
out more information. 5

“Are you going to celebrate Halloween?” “Yes, lam. You 1007 Are you going to have party, or... ?”

B Choose a category and survey your class or group. Keport your findings tothe class.

“Most of us are going to celebrate Halloween.” “Nobody is going to send a Valentine's card.”

4 Get it right! m >
À Can you complete these questions? Use the words in the box.

Whats your city, 1 mean, your kot
. Are you going to any birthday partes,

1
2
3. Can you give me directions to bank around here? mean, a
4
5

this year?

|. When did you learn to swim? | mean, when did you learn to —

What was your worst, | mean, subjectin school?

'B Pair work Take turns asking the questions. Use “vague” expressions D Self-check

in your answers. Check your partner's answers with “echo” questions. How sue ao you abot these areas? —
Cirle th percetaes. >
A What's you ly, mean, your neighborhood Ike? nas >
8 Well, lie There's Jo todo. We have a lot of 20% 40% 50% an 1008 =
cafés and restaurants and everything. Vocabulary
Am sory Alt of what? 208 A e NE
ae conversation strategies
2 208 40% 608 208 105
5 Do you know your city? > . A
Pair work wie directions for our school tothe places nearby. Stygy plan E
“Ten trade papers Can your partner guess the places? What do you want to review?
1. Cross the street, turn left, and 1. The m ie os
walk up three blocks. This place isn AA 40 34 58 4 68
the right, ment ho Hhe awk, wha i 7 vocabulary
24 185858 54 68
end ‘conversation strategies
AG sc 80

169. = 3 What can you remember?

(CD Thistuskrocyees the vocabulary ofeeebrationsand 8.
holidays, months days ofthe month places I ua rei te ask Read ans

7 ce ina 1 Pre task Read the instructions loud Sy. “Take
0 SED out piece uf paper and makes survey chart On.
> A thelet write a question fo each ofthe word nthe

C * Poin bh Bad ie tn ihe hi ee EE un
tog kan tl stain iboats

6 Have Sb Complete he chart with thelr own eas ir =
Tre on ging o ciar con,
2 = Have S compare their answers in pls. To model the per
{ask have two Sead the example conversation lod 2 Are you ging o celebrate Valentine Day?
= Then ak afew Se questions about the categories using 3 Areyou ging ocre

the samples inthe char (eg, our bird an
important date or your: Do you often to ban
= m never ging to study biology How about ou. Gt
ns ram the cass. Then ae flow. up questions
= Fan Pair report ew things they have in
common othe class (og, Wee bah going elerate
Falcon is year Im going to hate part and
> Marias going o go ou a clu).

4 Getitrightl Ana

(ED This taskrecyces the statis of correcting
‘ourself with mea, using "vague" expressions, and
‘hecking information,

A

1 Pre so he task Read the Instructions aloud
c Have Se completo he questions nd then compare
thelr answers in pals. Check answers wi he class

1 Dole st Say, "Now ak your questions Keep tally
ofthe answers” Have S workin groups or walk
Around the elas and ask ach other helt questions.

= Have Ss write the resul ofeach question on
survey To model he task call on two toren the
examples. When Ss Minish, have afew share thelr
{sulla Ask any information ping and sh.

Mts ou wus mar, Res ma ett?

8

1 Pro and othe sk Have S end the example
conversation a cas. Then read Ue insiructons
loud Have pair take turns asking and answeting the
‘questions in Part A.

{yur acy an mid os
A sans amp
e cc cc. nn
A fa senate
5 Do you know your city? un
an D whet iin lapas rn

O 1 Proven sk Vollowing the model vite directions partner nd wre nel puesses Then have them trade

Lo a place nea the schoo ou te board Tl ead
‘the paragraph onthe Board Cal an So gues the
place Calo her sto cortex conti, When 3a
Finish guessing, ay the corres place.

= Head the instructions aloud Tell so us he model in
the Student's Book ron he board for hep with thet

» directions

Self-check, Study plan

papers hack an check he anawen. Have Sete
‘tho ge the mor correct answers and zer tothe
lass Find out any Se directions were not esse
‘comet

= Falun Choose afew Se ho ecrit were not
sessed correctly. Those S read ther directions tothe
‘aes. Other clas member guess the place,

1 PrsSa Cs Tel so hablo he ke, 2 Prost ty Pan Read the instructions lou. Tele
‘hey have st completed and then look the Se ok ack Uns and cole e Stay Pan.
Check Chart agan Aso yuan to change ay Haves hand in pie apor ih nue ar

e perenages Cross ur inc percentage ndcirde "Ein othelenon they lia Reviewer ses
Ihe newone: Ask suo changed a pecetag to, theselngunge maa fee clas

c ‘ake hands alton afer ss fal te ces what

‘hey changed and why
Units 4-6 Touchstone checkpoint» T-64

170. Unit ;
7 Going away Language notes

Lesson A Getting ready

Grammar tants sons
(See Students Bookp. 67)
‘Thislesson presents infnitves fo reasons, which are

Infinitis or reasons can
tenes, as el a with modal verbs For these of
‘Simplicity, the pater 1 presented o Ses follows
ain clause + infinito for reason
{have to go online to find flight.
‘Tm goin o Puerto Ric to ee my relatives
He has goto Ihehank to change some money.
Use
The infinitive with tocan be used to give a reason or
purpose arto anser the question hy,
Grammar is + ao + te.
‘See Student's Book p.67)
fom
= Allemativestatemens
ss adjective» totnfinitve
cay find cheap flight om.
Into mes new people
good to know ait ofthe language

Lesson B Things to remember

Grammar kon ant ungesens
(See Student's Book p.62)
‘There are many ways 0 give advice and make
‘sggestions depending on he speaker’ relationship
‘with the person he orahe Is tnlking o, swell ee type
(Of adviee being gen. Hero a some of them,
Form
Should no)
subject + show nt à base form ofthe verb
Yasha take some ine rept.
You should arr aloof cath th you
= coud
subject + cold + base form of te verb
au cou borrow your da hat.

= Negative statements

s+ not adjective soii

Is not her to de.
= Questions with et...

st adjective + einfniivet

la rene tod bargains online?
Use
Insentences ike these sometimes called an “emy
‘dummy’ sujet. posible o make the Infinite
‘the subject of te sentence (e 7o ind bargains online ls
‘easy However, tis structure often sounds very formal
{ur oceasonally od, and sounds more naturals
“English to use he impersonal subject (es easy
‘os

Corps intra m ats to

a od
structure Jrs + adjective + 10 are hard, nice, easy, good,
ame ta fox ed ree
Seager cn

Grammar words such a are usualy reduced in rapid,
connected speech. In ths section, Ss practice hearing,
and saving reduced o.

PA
subject + need 4 ver
Tor eco hat
= Questions with Wy ont you
met
Why dont you take my jacket?
Do you ano pack some other shoes?
2 The expression fra good idea ro
sa god ea o vet
rs gunda to have something warm
Imperatives
Take hat
Don forge ro pack jacket.

Fan Do you want

171. tse

Some ofthe forms present advice more strongly of
lec an ober, i some comets, advice with
Should or imperatives can sound oo strong er direct,
petal for people hom the speaker dors nt knoe
vera
1 Forstiongadeice
Should mt) (The modal ver shoud used to say
oat the ig thing or good thing odo)
sed to ay what s necessary)

Conversation strategy Besson tosagestors
{See Students Book p. 7)
Studie howto make suggestions in Lesson Bn this
lesson the ear how to respond to suggestions.
2 Responding o suggestions the listener kes
hats great dea
Tia sounds great
Halo.
A y nt go ay rin weten?
2 Mat sounds rt
= Responding to suggestions the tner doesnot ke
Maybe
1 guess we could but).
dont know
lier bu
A y et go any mean
5 lation.
= Alter neguive responses, people usually offer an
‘explanation ar excuse.
A Way can go say re nota?
5h ut ee we on Sara

Help note Wang ges
(See Students Book p 73)
he Hep Note shows the structure a

msn elemental
‘uposterd aso presents he main topes people write
bout postcard: the weather, the plac, te oo, and
‘the actives they ate dang I Inudes a bre eve
some of the greetings and closings thats learned in
Uni, Lesson D.

ero could used to make
ro say whats possible ora good

{Questions with Why dantyau.
one?
‘The expression 1 good idea

and bo yu want

Corus information nov no saps
pl often se expressions sucha it: pot.
anal mayo crade wi should. ia in
106199200 st comes, is almost
me morefrequent than stan.

Strategy plus 1 guess
{See student: Hook p.71.)

People use expresión such a gues (or hin) to
‘ten the tings they say or when they santo sound
less ret orlesscerain about something, They ean be
taeda the stat ofa sentence or the end They ean

Corpus information Goes

Guess one ofthe tp 150 words in conversation, and
‘bout 96 perce of ts uses rein the expression
gus. guess ne ofthe op twenty conversational
presion

1 Greetings
Dear

+ informal greetings
Hier!

+ Informal closings
‘See you soon!
tive,

Language notes » Unit 7

172. Going away

Teach ti ut opening page together wi Lesson Ain ne iss pari

things? Raise your hand”

rare staying around town” AS “Who sglngto evel Rae our hand

1 “These peo
Aska few Ss where they ae going Sa, These people ate going stay.”

An Unit 7, you learn how to...

= Untims Read the unit ais loud. TS to ister and
rondan

Before you begin... 2

= Iota ne eas or actions Say, Lok atthe pictures,
and fn one that shows fun place topo What ii
Ipicure La beach “Find away to travel Whats”
[Picture 3 by lane] "Find a picture of something fan
to don ap What are the people doing [Picture 4
Shopping for souvenirs “ind a picture of things you
‘arty th you ona trip, What ate they” [Picture
camera, (x pal ob sunglases, asun hat aline
ess

= Read Before You Begin aloud. Have Se workin pairs
nd think of tree more examples fr coches a the
box

{ED fecylpromucaton The reporting setin for he
“above rack ecyces the intonation aten for saying
iss. Ask several pare 0 call ou tel ist foreach

fem Sy Remember that shen poopl sy ia

in English, he inonacion ise on each tem nthe
list and falls on th lst item, When you hen falling
Smopiation, you know the lists complete. you

“on hear ling intonation, means the Lee not
complete” Remind Ss tt their soles alo thelast
emis theese

1-85 + Uni + doing away

Extra acti lass
te on the board: Lesson A Speaking Natural
Taso Bi Grammar son Cale Pas; Leo De
Hip Now Sslook trough the unit and Md te ides
‘each ofthese sections. Jero Rechten of,
Lesson Be Advice and suggestion; Lor €: gue
Leson D: Weng postcarás] AS several Ss, "Which
‘section loks most interesting! Which section looks
‘ost ustull™

re theists on the board (eg, Fun lacs og on
rip: big city such a New York oreo a lake
themountains, à ak resort on a cruise: Dierent
tay to rave by tra, by ca, by bus, by boat: Things
Yow alu take on a trip: clothes a ook to rend,
fuldebook a passport shampoo, money, Bun things
Lo don a rip Racing et new Finds of
Food, meet es: people play iferent sports ol
parasailing watersting sling snowboarding.

Extra acti — pats
Pals oo e ists onthe bau an home à
destination (ortype estimation). Keeping tie
destination in mind, parinens decide for things they
heed to take on they are going. get there, and
‘hee fan things d here.

173. Going away _

In Unit 7, you learn howto...

= use infinitives to give reasons.

suse ¡Lin sentences like M's easy fo do

= ask fr and give advice and suggestions.

stalk about vacations and getting ready fora trip.
= respond to suggestions

= use guess to sound less sure about something

Before you begin...

Brainstorm! Think of three . . .

= fun places to go on a trip. = things you always take on a trip.
+ dieron ways to rave. fun things todo on tip.

174. lesson A Getting ready

Go online to Find fight.

Get a new Suit

Alicia Are you ready or your trp to
Puerto Rico?

Alta Yeah, Kind of. But I stil have a
lotto do! need to go shopping
to get a new suitease, and |
sti have to go online to find a
cheap High.

Alicia Is it easy to find bargains on
the Internet?

Rita Welt, i's not 100 hard. You just
have to do some research.

Alicia So, where are you going exactly?

Ata Well frst lim going to San Juan
to see my relaves, and then
were all going someplace to go
snorkeling.

Alicia That sounds exciting.

Ate Yeah. I’s going to be fun

A Look at Rita's “to do” list for her upcoming trip. What other things do you need
0 do before a trip? Make a class list

B € Listen. What is Rita going to do on her trip? Practice the conversation.

A
FRE © can you complete the sentences? Use the conversation above to help you.

1. Rita planning trip to Puerto Rico herrelatives.
2, Rita still has to go on the Internet some research on cheap flights.
3. snot hard bargains online

66

175. Less À Getting ready

71 Getting started

= sete scene Say “ita getting ready 10 go away
Look atthe piture. Where do Jou tink shes ing
¡Puerto Rial (Not: Puerto ic an said lote
lithe dane Ocean. Iti offehe suthesstern tip ol
Florida inte United States)

= Say ‘Imagine your going Puerto Rico. What
ac some things you ced to ake” Aska ew Ss for
Suggestions (eg, a bang ut, Guen. Ask,

rae you ging to get there?" Call ona (eg,

"oy plane). Ask “What do you think you can do there

Fortune Callona et Seg goswinuming 29

Sei)

A

Previas Say, “Loo at Red ist” Have
Individual seach read one of the eme on Ria it,
‘Ask, What other tings do you need odo before a
pr

= Date ast Have workin pales and brainstorm some
dees. Call on several Seto Share thee ideas ets he
‘lass. Make elas ison the Baar (eg et foreign
arr change your mone uy raw checks,
eta book about the place yore ging make hotel
servations

Bm

Pre at Books cote Say “Listen to Alk and
‘its conversation, What i Rte going to de an her
ep? Listes and write the answers”

= Phy ocre Ss sen and write

Play caren again Books open. listen, rend
long, and ei their answer, Check answers
‘wth he class, Ras gogo San Tuan) o vit
herrelatvee.Then theyre al going someplace ogo
«sore |Help wi new vocabulary as needed

= Prat Tel Sto practic the conversation In pas,
‘aking tens playing the rles of Ali and Rita

ic
pe Pei ie ak Write on he board
FET why does Rta nod to o shopping?
2 Whydaes she have ogo online?
3, Why sake otro San Juan?
‘Sy, "Look at the conversation again. Undetine the
Answers to these questions” Calon ndividun St
Tend loud the par ofthe sentence they underlined.
to ge ane suitcase 2-tofind a che ight
S-toseeher rea
= Ask, “Look at the parts ofthe sentences you
indelind, What do they all begin veh Infinite,
10 ve

‘Unit 7 Going away

1 Say. "Find Alicia question about finding bargains
‘onthe internet and el the adjective [easy] Ask
What comes after the adjective” five, 0+
verb)

Do tek fea the nstruerons ald. Have Se
‘complete the task and then compare thei answersin
pala. Check answers with he eas.

Answers

1. Rtas paring 2 tpn Peto Ro sehr rave

2 Matet oon e reto o soe esearch on
crepas

3 area tan rim

1 Fous on te om and he ss Vie on te board:
cali my travel agent book

¡Say "Yon can us o verb after the main part of the
the est part

Itsy to make hot eervations,
Say, “lu sentences like these with is and an adjective,
ou als use 701 ver”

2 Tout write onthe boar

Yau go online ater.
2 Ihave o go tothestoreofer clas.

ire

dl. to goon vacation.

Have Se complete sentences 1103 with + ve and
Sentence with an adjective. Callan several St read
thelr sentences tothe lass

“extn any pes
Sin "our -pal from anole cout llo
‘digo Makes! male na
“Parser pre it. Several pal ead thei
rt

Eire acti ~via groups

ch $ chooses destinaion fora trip hu does nat el
anyone the place. Each S writes five lues nthe form
tat "list (eg. AS thnks of a for canta and

ores ths to dit ay acota or the carnival,

eus ere they sre going and shat they are ging
doma

Unit 7 + Going amay + T-66.

176. —2 Grammar

Porn

1 Presale grammar er Play the recording: Site
and repeat

= Unterstand the remar vio on the board: going o
Puerto Bco ss my relate Say "ind fos verb >
sels also called an iii”

= Draw avertis linen font fs Say, “This
sentence has two para. The ist partis the main
cause. A main clase basa subject and vb. Ween
Ibeasentence on toun Aska Stead the mala
clause in going to Pues Rico,

= Say "Now ook at te second part ofthe sentence.
beginswilh an infinitive. Ts ninio explain the
reason forthe action in he main clause”

= Vie the following chart on the board;

initie for Reason
Le my ative.

Main hause Int
Tm going o Paro Rico
ia need plo 1D
Her aunt going to thearprt

Ask,“ Why does Rta need a photo ID? Give a reason

(hal stars th an ine” AG Se reasons tothe

‘hart (eg to ente the coma,

ave S complet the tems with thelr ow Mess. Ask

‘few Ss 10 read thee sentences le, and add heir

infinitos tothe char (eg Her aut going othe

por to met her}.

Say “Lok the sentences on the board. The pattern
forthem is main use + infinite or reason. Write
the pattern onthe Board. (For mote information, see
Language Notes atthe beginning ofthis une)

= Tel Ss o look atthe second column ofthe chart te
‘onthe board ar, safe necesa aks o waite an

3 Speaking naturally

RE mama
= Preview est Say. “Wen people wee the word rin
conversation, hey usualy reduce le Thal nca

‘hat they sy iquekly and not very clearly” Read the
instructions aloud
= Pay rc Se

en and repeat

Be coz mars

= Proview he st Read the instructions loud.

= Pay te ects Audio sertptp. 240 Py the
recording pausing after cach question to ive Ss time

Play sadn gun Check answers withthe clase

pause after each question and have individual Se ead
he compete question aloud,

Answers

1, D jou mont spake age o ve eg?
2 OK ac a?

3 Do au ham ms D wi

al tee?

17-67 + Unit?» Going away

Isla. question foreach adjectiv. Calon afew Se
‘read the: questions and waite them on he board
(68, hard finda cheap hotel af sin at
that beuch casa o gta lt).

= Elite patterns fr questions is adjective +
ae affirmative satersents Us» adjctve +

finite, and negative statements Ue > nor
adjective + infinitive. Write them on the boar

= Preset fe Convera Aska Sto read the Information.
aid.

A

= Proview he tsk Head the instructions loud. Have a
‘Stead the example sentence: Pint gt the matching
question.

= Doi ask lave Ss complete the task Check answers

feof Seach rad sentence
nds follow-up question.

Answers.
1-1 ant gta iras bock rn sane expresos. e
2 re cal nas tasca.

5. rt go an eg à

AI ca ata gant gt et 1

5. Inet a pack D a, €
ne go hbk range sore mer

1 Preview an oh ask Read the nstructons aloud
ave pars ead the exemple conversation. lave Se
suggest countries to vis (eg Mao, Taian

A ta 9 caine anon?
5: Ga pou at at copy letra?

Cc
"Hs, Preview an oe tat Rend the instructions

33” aloud, Have a par ofs read the example
‘eonversation le groups discuss the questions.

= Folowup few groups report heiranswers,

‘Extra actly = las

rie onthe bone: Ju dangerous, ie unusul,
‘The classbranstorms he name of ver travel
destinations, Ss choose one of the destinations and
an fri» jee question foreach word (eg.
fun oo swimming night D Sven sa
Classmates thelr questions, making note of es and
no sen. Several Ss report her results o the class
(eg. Mot Some A few people think... Feerybody
Nobody inks

(GRE sign Workbook pp. 50 ans (The answer key
eginsonp. 1248)

177. Unit 7 Going away

In conversation

. A Imagine you are planning a trip to a foreign country. Make sentences
about things you have to do. Then match each sentence with a question
someone might ask you.

2 | 1 Imeea te get a pivase beck to leam some expressions
7
e eta phrase book / earn some expressions € a. Isithard to getavisa?
pa call the embassy / ask about visa bo Isitsafeto pay online with a creditcard?
O so onthe Interner get a light © Isiteasytoget around?
al a travel agent / gota hotelroom__ d. Isitsafeto carryalotofcasht
o uy aguidebook / find out about trains €. sit necessary to know the language?
o gotothebank / change some money sit good to make reservations in advance?
€ B Pair work Choose a country o vis Role-play a conversation about getting ready
> fora tri there Use your sentences and he questions above or cas.
© Am gong to Bra, so ned to ge a phrase book o lean some Portuguese.
8 ls necessary to know Portuguese?
é ‘A Well, think nie to say hello and thank you and things lik that
c A @ Listen and repeat. Notice the reduction of o in the sentences above,

P BB @ Listen to questions from two people who are planning to visit your country:
Complete thelr questions.

1. Do you need to speak the language — E
: EY o

3. Do you have. ‘with you al the time?

4, Isitsafe late at night?

5. Can you use a credit card. restaurants?

© Group work Discuss the questions above. Do you all agree?

À Well, you don't need lo speak Spanish in he big cities.
B Yeah, but i's good to know some I you go to smal towns.

67

178. dessorB Things to remember

1 Building vocabulary

A @ Listen and say the words. Which items are good to take on a beach vacation?
Circle ten things. Then compare with a partner.

ES

SF a pai ol scissor.

e A SL.
Sas + 5 5
BAS =: ©

anak ayer soap arr

HGH à rank ot tree hings yoo

trips. Complete the chart. Ibe

sd and three things you don't need to take o
compare with a partner

‘On a camping trp, you need to take à ten.” “Yeah, and it's important o have

179. Lesson B Things to remember
1 Building vocabulary

= Seth cen Books closed TellSsto imagine they are
Rom on a each vacation A them to think of one
{hing hey would not leave behind wnt tell the las
(sat iis, My surfboard Hove o go suing) Wii
era om the board

À € 02 120.25

= Proven ets Books open. Say, Look tthe pictures
Listen and say he words”

= Pay the recatdng Selena repeat

= Say “Which tems are good to take ona bee
vacation? Cele tes things” When SS ni, ll them
to compare hei ehe in pais. Have several pats
‘ay the things hat they both want to ake.

Possible answers
A bag suo tos, a yt a ru, ar.
eae pot an een 2 aka

Sm, Ifyou ise
our hand.” Have a few pars ell te clas the things
that ace diferent

1 Fl Ss workin alt and agre on six tems to
take tothe Deed, refering to the ers in the book.
And thelist onthe board, Cal on paso report hei
‘holes, and determine the most popular ones,

B

CHE, Proview he tse Reed the instructions loud. Ask

CIE Seo lok no chat Make sure hats

“understand what the thre Kinds of tripe are Ask
{discus places where peopl cn go camping nd
‘what they o on 3 camping ep (eg step ouside eat
aid). ask the to describe what people usualy do
‘on business trips eq. 5 o meetings during he dy
(ond ay na hala ig,

= Dole ak Have Ss complete the char. Then have
to Ss read the example conversation alud, ave Ss
Compare heir anses in pals

1 Check answers withthe lass have individual Ss read
heir ists

‘Unit 7 Going away

Possible answers
On amging ig: Yu ne oak ant et pets
Shopng ay You Cad à arr
estore ora

‘Ora uns You eed ata pms, abs. and
Mag rare. You contest ao, 385999 bg
rata

Tas ent wt a nos eed ue ota,
tota an amas. Ye on ees au a, à
‘ae ers gee

Extra vocabulary: gs oe on cago tb
Present orhave Ss suggest extra vocabulary for things
Ko kon a camping up, such as a compass, a map, a
lanier: a Fshingrod, camp soa. matches or age,
agosto, fying pa, portable harheue ch,
tot paper.

tra aetvty- pars |
Make sure thatthe extra socabulary or camping rip
{evriten onthe board tete allowing on the
Board:
You and yo frend ae going camping aa lake.
achat cara and sping

Bee ach of

ee
take Par ead tet its tothe class, Alternatively.
‘Several palo srt hir issn the bad, Class
members vote onthe best ist

xtra zeit = groups

‘shave wo minutes o study and memorize all the
Items ln Pate including those without label) Hooks
closed. Ss work i groups and ace 9 make ais ofall
the tems they can remember. When a group thinks
that listed all the tems, group members ase tele
Thad and the activity slaps As aS reads alud all the
ems fom the page, groups check ers they have
Whichever group hasihe most correr em ns.

7+ Going away + T-68,

180. 2 Building language

= Suite coe Say, Jenny’ geting ready to goon «|
trp. Look a he ing Jenny's peng What are
they” jeans, a op high hes sweat amer, à
Sleeping bag, an MES player] Ask, "Where do you think
Jony olny” Ask few Sor tot ideas

À @ cor maca

= Preview be ak Sey, "Jenny goingon camping tip.
er mothers telling her what gs tae th
het. Se ging her alce Say, Listen and ead
Underline he advice Jens mother ives”

= Play acord Have Site and underline the
“advice Check answers with the clas: hae a fe Se
alu te answers (Her net hr a take
‘hese thing: inset repellent, ash, spare
Panes, warn Jack, hat some otr cho

= Pacte Tel St practice the conversation in pars
taking urns playing seh oe

"i, Priest Write onthe boat:
EST You should take some insect repelen
2: Don forget pack some pare batterie.
3. Why done you sake my jack?
San each example, what word or phrase does
Jenny's mother use o make her suggestion” 1 You
should 2 Dontforgetto 3. Why dontyos +1]
Underline the answers.

3 Grammar

mama

= Preset te gamma chart Pay he recording. Saiten
and repeat

= Unterstad De grammar Tel Sto ook atthe fest om
fte chart Ask "What re two ways task for advice
sour packingt” What shoul ake? Should te
{hese shoes] Ask 5s or the patterns, and weit them on
‘he board, question word» should subject ase orm
ofthe verb shoud subject «Das form ofthe verb

Say. Look at le responses to Wha should ate? in.
the char Have 8 fea the four responses algu,
‘Ask “Wa sih pattern for thee statements
[subject should shouldnt could need vero

1 Say,"Should,showdn', need ta tong way
‘ofgivingaion Could saier and used to male à
Suggestion.”

= Aska to read the second column ofthe char
Say "These ae other ways give advice and make
Suggestions. They are usually softer than should and
nent" (or more information, see Langue Notes
Site beginning ot ths ont)

4 Vocabulary notebook

= Tess turn Vocabulary Notebook on p.74 th
Sent’ Books. Haves dote ask in las, oras
the for homework (See hetesching notes On FA)

1.69 + Unt7 » Gong away

1 Read he instructions alo Sa "Look forall the
Suggestions inthe conversation. Ho docs en's
‘other make sch one? Use each way to pve aduce
About taking Tage lo model the task, aa
Storan example and weit on the board Yow
should taka flashlight).

2 Do sk Have Ss write ther sentencos and then
compare thet work in pales. Check answers with
fhe ls have individual S each call our one of the
Suggestions rte he amer onthe Boat

anses
oust ke fast

“ay by, Dat ak hin
Wy et yao ag a?

Tre Agos ea a te fant
Vins et fait.

Yoo el ty
Daves arto et fein?

1 Focs on te fem andthe se Underine the ace
formula in each answer, You should) Say," When
ou have an fea thatean help someone, ou can use
‘ne of these ways give vice ormake a gps.

= Ty Host Tel Ss 0 ok atthe chart np agan.
Say, Work with partner. One of yous going on a
usines ip, and one af yon sg overnight with
end. Give cac other advice about wha 0 ake”

= Preset Conversation Rea the information sou. Ask
Individual Seto cal ou the softening words. chink

ae: probably]

= Preven an 01 ltt Read the instructions andthe
example aloud, Have Ss completo th ask.

{ED Rock a comureton stoy Have Ss compare their
Answer in pas. St reads hi hr aie 052.52
Checks the information with "echo" questions igs!
Should ake a out

+ Chock answer with the lasschave S read his er
‘suggestions or one ofthe tip. Ask ober Sto raise
her handsif they wrote diferent answer and o
feaditsloud

Extra ae pairs
Pals choose one of sation in serie and

role playa conversation. Si describes where he or he
going: S2 gives advice on what ab ete Several
pals present hair role play tothe laa

(GRE Assign Workbook p.52 and 3. The answer ey
begins on p- 1-20)

181. —— 2 Building language

À @ Listen. Jenny going on a camping trp. What's her
mother’s advice? Practice the conversation.

o

© Mom Jenny, maybe you should take some insect

© repellent… Oh, and rake flashlight, and

€ don't forget 0 pack some spare batteries.
‘Why don’t you take my jacket Irsa good idea
10 have something warm. ... Now, you need
Lo take a hat. You could borrow your dad's.
‘But don'tJose it... Oh, and Jenny, do you
‘want to pack some other shoest

Jenny Von sorry, Mom. Did you say something?

= Lean’ hear you with my headphones on.

DRE tw many snmer vay ca goumane in
a pl ott Sates
ae

Sama soften by saying:
think you should.

f Maybe you should (ut)...
9 Completo the suggestions to someone golng on those trips. You should probably
Then compare with a partner.
= 1. backpacking In Australia 5. alanguage course in Canada
a Think you should take alot of swscveen” "Youneed 5
= “sa good idea = “sa good idea 2
E “Maybe you should = "You could E
C 2. atripto Paris 4, ahlkingtripin the Andes
“Don't forget * “You should probably A
“why don't you —F "Maybe you shouldn't r
“You coul * "Take >

See page 74 for a new way to log

182. Lesson C

A We should go hiking together sometime.
8. That sounds ko fun.

© Well, Mike 1, but.

That's a great idea.

34 Conversation strategy Responding to suggestions.
‘A Look atthe responses tothe suggestion. Who realy want o go king?

listen. What would Chris lke 10 do? What does Adam think?

Notice how Adam responds
to Chris's suggestions with
expressions ie these. Find

‘examples in the conversation. MELIA

For suggestions you
That's a great idea.
That sounds great

, We should fake a few days
off sometime.
Yeah, we should. Definitely.
We could go to Mexico or something.
That's a great idea.
We could even go for a couple of
weeks.
Well, maybe. guess we could, but
You know, we could just quit our jobs
and maybe go backpacking for afew
‘months.
Well don't know. (lke to, but.
1 guess 1 need o keep this job, you
Know, o pay lor school and stu
Chis Yeah, me too, 1 guess.

For suggestions you don't I
Maybe.

1 guess we could, but

1 don't know.

Ike to, but

B Match the suggestions withthe responses. Then practice witha partner.

1
2

We could go camping to
Let's go traveling in Asia next year.
5. We should goto Paris to see the Louvre,
6. Why don't we go to Australia sometin

‘ii

70

You should come skiing with me sometime. >
Why don't we go somowhore on Sunday?

ar © Pair work Practice again. Use your awn responses, and continue each conversation.

a. That's a great idea. How's your French?
b. Oh, ' ove o, Are you a ood skier?

+. Idon't know, I Kind of far

4. Like to, but already have plans

©. Maybe. I don't have a tent, though,

£. Lguess we could. Where in Asia?

183. tesson€ That's a great idea.

Uni 7 Boing away

CD Lesson eyes map spp th tol, ol, nd als eyes i's + av + ite.

+1 Conversation strategy

Wy se represas o supe?
Ta gres tins ssn ast lo swig De
ers dee eme wor ehe I: supper
“Tha speci A lo tuo ear sons Tiny
‘20 0 od ways ap an pa oran ser ar,
fate eget. or rre ern, se Langage ts ae
genios un)

1 Suite scone Tell Se hey hav thirty seconds to,
look trough Chris and Adam's conversation. After
‘hry seconds ll Soto lose hee books. Write on
the boards boring jot posible rae plans aad
tion Merce ak" Which of these hee tags
ar Chris and Adam aking about? (possible av!
plans]

A € oz mam

1 Pre sk Read te instruction and AS
Suggestion aloud ave Se ook a he A/B conversation
land check 4) the correct box. Checkthe answer with
tthe class have two Ss read the suggestion and the
‘correct respons (B: That sounds ike un.

1 Say “Listen to the conversation, What would Chris ike
do do What does Adam thinks Write the answers.”

Py rs Books closed, lite and then write
"he answers Tell Ss o Compare ber answers pairs.

= Pay recordo atin Books open Ss sen eal
long and erw thelr answers. Checkanswots
ie lass. (Chee would ike to qui his Job and
go backpucking with Adam fr à fe months. Adam
cantine à pod dea

1 Present ler Read the information aloud. Aska So
‘ea he tes under For Suggestions Yau Like. Say,
"ind examples ike thee nthe conversation” Nah

"That's gest en. Aska

Ko read the hems under or Saga You Dont
{Ue Say "ind examples in he conversation. [Wel
‘maybe. guess we could but... Well don knw.
Talikow, but

= Facies Tel Seto practice he conversation pas
‘aking turas playing each rol. Then cel he playing
rio change te information about where hey
‘ould go (ee could o o Sout America and
e kin the Andes) Toll te S playing Adam to
Shang he information about why he des not want to
Entes medio Rep sob o pay Fora new a).

' Preview he ask Read the instructions alud, Tell Se
Lo read ll fe suggestions and alofihe responses
before they begin. Ask two Soto read the example
‘igiestion and response

= Dee ask Have Se complete the task and then
‘compare thelr answers pales Check answers wth
the class: have pars of Se each reat suggestion and
Is response lout

Aasmers
1d 26 38 Al Sa Be

= Tellssto practice the suggestions and responses in
pale, taking turn playing ach ae

©.

[a], vor and ek end hein
F1 alud. Tell pales to ake turns beginning
{conversaton withthe suggestions In Part
ineourage Sto continue the conversations as Long as
hey can using her own ideas. Go around the class,
and elp as needed.

Extra acti ass

"Serie four suggestions using should, could at
Area
weekend plans, S walk around the class making thelr
Sagen Sally he numberof pon
aporta of te suggestions and or

| poste and negative responses they received.

oa

TellSsto turn to Sof Study Listening, Uni at he hack
bol Students Hooks. assign the tasks or homework,
have sd nm in cas, See the task on p. 130 and
le audi seripronp. 7133)

Unit + Gong away « T-70

184. -2 Strategy plus

Why we ess?
Pepe sets us src guess an ey ae
earl wher ey wt sed ocean ess ee out
reg ays. ana! sfr en sone a
np soy gus: Nem ge pres oot
¿tests (oe mor later, ss Language Wate»
Sogn of at)

= Preset Satey Pus Read the information aloud sk
palrot sto eed the cxampl aloud

= Prse I Coverstos Books closed. Wilton the
Board: 10, 1.20.50 Sy, guess Isa popular
expresion. Do you think inthe to 10 15,20, or 50
expresion Write your guest Then open your books
And ind out ifyou are ih”

coz wanes,

' Proview tn as TI SL stn nd check (/) where
the hea guest inthe conversations Pot cut
the example check 7) in conversation 1. Read the
example loud, using the words guess

= Phy ne care Audio script. 7240 Sas and
hé (7) the appropriate Danks. Check answer with

3 Listening and speaking

AP 002 mon

* Paint ask Say “Lok at the sertences about
el Think ofa way to complete ce sentence.
‘Wate your sentences om pec paper When Ss
Tish, ave several stl her des o he clase.

* Say Listen toa conversation beoween Michel and
Diana abut traves you ten othe covert,
listen for ow Michael and Dim complete hese

iy eos Audi srptp. 7.20 Selen.

* Porc aa Ste and wre Check
anshers vite lass: have individul Sach rad
completed mener loud Then sa Seto compre
the sentences with (el ideas rom tel papers and
sci any ofthe sentences art vane Hanes low
reporttothe das

pu
Esas sos te rg ato set

Ena seam abe gage

cts sae eT ES ta

Mes ma wine

5 Yo sna ease ut an ery o

À neo rc ol are coy

4 Free talk

Tel Seto rum to Free Talk 7
Students Boks. Have Ss dote as. (Soc the enching
notes onp. TA)

TEIL + Unit 7» Going away

the lass: have pais ol Ss cach read convertion
sla using gues where there is check)

Answers
À You row guess my tte nacion gig
‘anion.
8 aay? Tt sod te un. esta o a son
A Yeah guts ui pax sae.
2.4 guess gs recon Cara ne et.
8 OR as eig en somes Bas Rn be
Samo in are su
A Yih guess pba ete stow
3.4 fmgorg ol aos re waned Do you varo
8 guess cup. O, al, hn an aan nt wk
acto sucy nace,
AA Vos aa, 0 ap ay yan
5 Ye. Teo wees arena ya At mon, ans.
‘at que we co go asa) on woes son.

= TellSsto practice dhe conversations in pairs aking
arms playing ese oe

1 Preview and oe tak Read the instructions aloud
Hive wo Ssread the example conversation. Have

roups discuss thes
And ep as needed.

= Falonap Several groups report sme oftheir opinions
bout Michael and Diana statements.

ments. Go around the las,

Eur ae = groups

‘Groups discuss ther original sentence completions

Iron Part Stake arre y stem hat
contained deu diferent rom Michael nd Diane

{Groups discuss the opinions and then report tothe

sss.

(SRE Assign Workbook pp. St ands, (The answer
Deginson p. 1248)

185. -2 Strategy plus | guess

You can use / guess when [HIRE
‘you're not 100% sure about keep this job.
‚something, or if you don't want
o sound 100% sure.

@ Listen. Check 1) where you hear guess in these conversations.

‘Then practice with a partner.
i > ‘guess sone ofthe op 20 |

1. A You know, + my favorite kind of vacation is going camping: pressions. |

Really? That sounds ike fun. We should do that sometime, TT

Yeah.

‘we could go next summer.

2. Ait ets pretty cold in Canada in the winter
Oh, yeah. I's freezing cold sometimes. But is fun
in the snow. You can ski and stuff

A Yeah, 1 probably lke the snow.

3. À Tm going o Lake Tahoe next weekend. Do you want to come?
R Weil, — I could go. Oh, wait, have an exam next week
But could study in the car
4. A You know, we don't get away very often.
Yeah. Two weeks’ vacation a year isnt enough.
A But we could go away on weekends or something.

3 Listening and speaking_It’s good lo travel. _

A @ Look at these sentences about travel. How would you complete them? Then listen
to Michael and Diana. Are any of your ideas the same?

1. “Everyone should travel to. sometime:
2. “Everyone should learn
3. “World cultures should be a required
4
6

‘W's good idea o travel with =
‘you should abouta place before you pc
“Wsniceto try ina new country”

B Group work Discuss Michel's and Diana statements. Do you agree with them?
Say why or why not

A guess | agree with the first sentence. mean, i's good to visit other countries.
8 Definitely. But some people cant ford to travel

4 Free talk Travel smart! =
‘See re tal 7 atthe back of the book for more speaking practic.

n

186. Reading

Brainstorm! Do you ever stay in hotels? What's fun about staying in a hotel? Make a class lis

sol or make ya

ja sit by the pool te relax

Look at the article quickly, Where
Which hotel would you like o stay in? WI

re these unusual hotels? Then read the article.
Talla partner,

Three of our fearless travel reporters checked out some very unusual hotels.

Dive into the lobby.
Most divers go underwater (0 see
fish and coral reefs. But in Florida,
in the LS, you can also stay at the
world’s only underwater hotel. It
takes about an hour to dive down

“to the Jules Undersea Lodge. Then
you swim up into the pool in the
lobby to check in, The rooms are
small, so you should only take a few
things. Fortunately, the hotel packs
them ina waterproof container and
takes them there for you.

72

Salt, salt, everywhere . .
The Hotel de la Playa in Bolivia,
is certainly different. I's almost
‘completely made of salt the walls
tables, chats, and even the beds.
Everything except the toilets!
While we were there, wwe visited
Fisherman's Island with its
fabulous 12-foot cacti, It's fun to
rent mountain bikes to go and see
the sal hills, lakes, and hot springs.
Just be sue to take sunglasses = the
sun gets extremely bright

A place to chill out .

lesa pretty long way to goto stay at
the Ishotellet (Ice Hotel) ~ 100
miles north of the Arctic Ciel in
Sweden. But it’s definitely worth
the effort. Its hard to in
sleeping on an Ice bed, but with a
reindeer skin and a good sleeping
bag, I was warm. And my wake-up
call came with a hot drink, You can
always go to the sauna to get warm,
too. The hotel has an art gallery, a
chapel, a movie theater, a disco,
and a fabulous ice fireplace in the
lounge. Make sure you check out of
the hotel before it melts In the
spring! But don't worry — they
| rebuild it every winter

187. 1 Reading

Less D Interesting places

= Sete tone Read te it af the lesson aloud ay,
“Choose an interesting place you know. Why sie
interesting” Have Se llth clas which place they
‘hose and eh lt interesting tothe

A

Prereading

Pres a task Ask, Do you ever stay in hores

re Ssrase their hund they o. Aska ew Ss who.

‘ised ir hands where they stayed and hey ik
chos.

= Vio board: What fun abou staying na
Fowl o examples under the question: You don
ane 0 cook or make our be. You cal bythe pool 0
rel

= As, What elses un about staying ina hotel” Tell
‘Sto write some ideas in par. ie SS two mi

Rave pairs rad tei ideas,
‘on the board Find out whieh pelts) though ofthe
ost things

Possible answers

‘eu an met en propi

{Wu on nd

‘Thre an move cres eV

‘Thay pops le stanpoo ad saps

eta series ar an m.

Thy pt andy cece nou nd gt
‘Semone aos na marg wake pe

B

Dring reaing

1 Preview reg Say. “Look tthe thee pletures.
Wht do you sect What looks unusual about the
hotels” Getideae rom St

= Dot eg Say, “Look atte article quickly; Where
ve these unusual hotels” Have Ss scan the ateo
fd al ot he places. id nthe United Sates,
olivia, Sweden] you havea map valabie, show Se
‘ste he places ar.

nit 7 Going away

Say “Read the artele Which hotel would ou leo
Sayin? Why lave read the tile and decido
‘thle one they void ke o say a. When Ss nish
Feading tel tem to work im pas lave pair discuss
‘leh hotel hey chose and wh. Have Ss report Back
{othe class about thes partner choles.

= Fos Read the names of thehotlsin the article
loué. For ch, have Sense their hands if ithe
hot! they eho. Se count hands and find out whlch
hotels he most popular.

= Date rod aa nv red the ari gain a
“underline ny new vocabuler Ask 5 to compare new
‘words in pales. Have pales ep each other withthe
Ieaning® or look them ip na ditions.

Extra zeit india

Se use ci dictlnarisand the Learning Tipo p74
o help them write definitions of he nouns that are
ne them in ie arte.

Esta ay pis
Ss choose one hotel and read the information about
RS Gand tes aout orl
tetra thw ns or bet own wor Sela

va o ss niguna aso
Stay min fat roms or
‘Undersea Lodge. SL forgets to mention the rooms

rial, 2 sk "Hot Dg ae te roams?) Shen
‘Sich, Sig mios soc he

sra ac = groups

‘Soy "Thnkofan dorm sal Roe Wha

‘sitesi nan ola is
nan ny incesto

thing here: Group nor en ren va

ot en heya gp sth
case

nit 7» Going way + T-72

188. c

Postreading

+ Prien sk Hooks closed. Read the instructions
loud Then read the questions alud, Tell eto y to
remember the answers i ach question. Have Sew

hei guess ona plec of Pape.

= Do eta Books open. Have Sead the rice again.
‘ell them 1 ind the answer the questions and
heck them against tel guesses, Tel Ss 10 compare
thelr answers in pairs Check answers with the cas

2 Listening and writing _

Answers

1 Yan.

2 aes out ane

3, Yo a ste te st his, as, ana pegs ase,
overs land wh 12 fot sa.

4, Becas te sons mty og.

$. hasan at gay, aap a move at ao andan
ic ges Da kur.

4 Beca Emoto e um

Extra ac - groups

Groups Imagine that they ave fiends who are
going 1 vi each ofthe hotels in the reading, Group
members work together write ve peces of adele
rations foreach hotel (eg. Jules Under
Lodge: You shuld get an underter camera). Then
groups share cl advice wih he clase.

A

"Preview ak rad the instructions aloud. Weite
‘he names ofthe three hotels onthe Boar The Cave
oe, The Lighthouse Hott and The Sp Hote Make
sre Ss understand the meaning ofeach hotel ane
Call on$sto help explain the meanings or explain.
them yours

1 Dot sk Have Ss say whieh hotel they would keto
vii and why (eg i ik to go co he Cave Hotel. The
plac oks Imre; eto got the iphone
‘Hotel. eto nar the water: tke ogo the Spa
"ove! ou ela and tak hol has). We thee
reasons onthe board under each hotel name,

B EP 02 mas)

Pre te as Head the instructions alow. Have
diferent seach read piece of advee alud, Make
Sur hey understand the advice Hove Se
Sach statement ,2 013 (= The Cave Hot
house Hotel, 3 = The Spa lta fr the hotel hey
think probaly goes with

= Pay rc Alo sep. 7240 Salisen.

= Pay rc age Seiten and review thee
uses. Tell them to cross cu andchunge any
Incorret guesses. Check answers withthe las Have
‘Scnote who go the mont correct answers, Find out i
ny S guessed every hte correctly.

Ansuors
1-2 egos eta)
2 1 he cae ha

mes
2.1 re Gre ets)
5 30h Span)

À 2 neu Hot

= Fotlow sp Ss100k al the names ofthe hotel and the
reasons written on he board. Ask, “Does anyone vant

173 + Unit 7 + Going away

o choose a diferent hot for the one you would ike
{ovis Why?” Have She cren and athe
cree othe board

Extra acti individuals
Vit dicas car eo
fom. Ss sent the recording again to se
Femembered correct

1. Whar countrys the Cave Hotel in? Turkey,

2. What can you uy he own near the Cave Hotel?

cal rafs ru und jes
3 What cour ls he gaie Hotel in? Seat)

3 What county the Spa Hotel int stil

{Wha are to this ou can d athe Spa Mort?
relax: do exercise; o swimming: walk cond;
sleep bythe poo

c

1 Prevent ask Read the instructions alow,

Presa lp ote ead the information alow. (For
more information. sce Language Notes athe
Denning ofthis unit) As you read the example
sentences he body othe postear, ak Ss or des
to complete them

= Dothe tak Have Ss verte their posteads Say “Use
the Meas about the hotels inte lesson to describe
the pace, fod, or weather. You ean also wie about
something you did and something you are ging
{oda As Serie go around the les, and help as
needed, Have share their ea witha partner.

= Falowsp Ss nite posteard about place they vised
or would ke o vst Send thet Card in groupe

> Asign Workbook pp 56 and 7. (The answer key
begins on. 248)

189. © Read the article again. Can you ind this information? Las)
How do you ge othe ules Undersea Lodge?

own doe ate gato te ules Under Lodge
Wat are thre interesting things ose near the Hotel de a lays?
Why do you ned sunglass at the Hoel dela Paya?

What felis d they have at he ee Hotel?

Why do they have t rebuild the ce Hoel every yer?

2 Listening and writing_Recommendations

À Look at these hotels. Which hotel w

ed you like o visit Why?

Fe cave not The Lighthouse Hotel ‘The Spa Hotel

B 4 read the advice about staying at these hotels. Can you match each piece of
advice with a hotel? Then listen and check your guesses

1. You should bring lots of books and board games for rainy days.
2. Wear flat shoes so you can climb the ladder to your room.
3. Be sure to take everything you need. It's miles from anywhere,
4
6

really recommend the hot-air balloon ride.
Don’ spend too much time inthe water.
Ws. good idea to have some binoculars to watch the dolphins.

© Imagine you are staying at one ofthe hotels in this lesson. Write a postcard
toa classmate about your stay.

=

Sartikeins:> | Dear (name), / Hi there
Say you ar enjeu sty. > | rn having a gret / fabulous / awful ime herein
esco te place, ood or weather. > | The food / weather / hotel
Say someting youd: | vs a great place to. / Today
Say someting you are going to o; > | Tomorrow Im going to
End is > | See you soon! / See you next week! / Love,

(your name)

73